Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

كتاب صحيح شرح العقيدة

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 765

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻑ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ١٩٩٥ - ١٤١٦ :‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪ -‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻣﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻔﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ١٤١٦‬ﻩ ‪ ١٩٩٥ -‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ‪ /‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺹ‪ .‬ﺏ )‪.(٩٢٥٣٩٣‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ )‪ (٦٧٢٠١١‬ﻓﺎﻛﺲ )‪(٨٩١٥٨٤‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻣﺒﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﺀ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻓﻼﺝ ﺣﺠﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺠﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﺈﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺑﺄﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﻩ ﻭﺣﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻌﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻨﺢ ﻓﺄﺟﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻓﺄﺟﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻐﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﻻﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺪﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺒﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺼﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺷﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻤﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻌﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻦ ﺣﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻧﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻱ ﻋﻮﺝ ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺴﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﺘﺤﺒﻴﺮ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻢ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻋﺖ ﺁﺭﺍﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻠﺖ‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ * ﻓﺎﺣﺬﺭ ﻭﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺩﻩ ﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺷﻐﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ * ﻟﻮﻻ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻩ‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﻲ ﺑﻤﺠﻠﺴﻬﻢ * ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻔﻠﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺌﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ * ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻳﺘﻠﻰ ﺑﻤﺪﺭﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ * ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻤﺨﺮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮﺓ * ﻭﺗﻤﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﺮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ * ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺳﻮﺍ ﺧﺒﺚ ﻣﻐﺮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ * ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﻴﺎ ﻣﺪﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻨﺴﺨﻪ * ﻧﻔﺜﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺗﺒﻊ * ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻮﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺔ * ﺗﺨﻨﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻤﺤﺒﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ * ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺘﻮﺍ ﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ * ﺣﺴﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫)ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ(‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ )ﻣﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٣٣٥‬ﻩ ﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻳﻦ( ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ )ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ( ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻂ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﻰ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺒﺒﻲ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﻲ( )*(‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫* ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٤٢ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ( )‪) :(١٧٣ / ٩‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ(‬
‫)‪ (٥٠٠ / ٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻼﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻴﺖ ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻼ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻟﻬﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻜﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺛﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺻﻨﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺑﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻜﺒﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻀﻠﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺬﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻣﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺯﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻓﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ ٣٢١‬ﻩ( ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺤﻮﻯ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺃﺧﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﻬﺐ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻤﻼ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺳﻠﻨﻲ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺘﻮﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺰﻳﻔﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫)‪(٨‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ )‪.(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﺪﻯ ﻟﺸﺮﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ!! ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ!! ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻔﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺣﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺸﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻷﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﺰﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺟﻬﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫)‪(١١‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪) * :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪.٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺫﻣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻐﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺪ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺊ ﺑﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺭ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﻀﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻻ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ * )ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺆﺗﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١١٤ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﻀﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺩﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻀﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺛﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺿﺮﺭ‪....‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺠﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺳﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻫﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ...‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻟﺴﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻭ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻪ ﺑﺄﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻨﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻓﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ )‪.(٢‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺎﺩﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻨﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺩﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﻟﻨﺎ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻻ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( *‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪) :(١٥٤ / ٦‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﺘﻢ ﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺤﺶ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺑﺰ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺑﺰﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺑﺌﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
(١٣)
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﺪ ﺇﻓﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﺰﻩ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻴﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻳﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﺄﻩ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﺺ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺠﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺳﻜﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻓﻊ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺼﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺷﻬﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺲ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺰﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺺ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻃﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺰﻕ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺆﺫﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻮ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺳﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻐﻀﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺮﺛﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺪﻗﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻴﻘﻬﻮﻥ( ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﺛﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺪﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻴﻘﻬﻮﻥ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﻭﻥ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٣٧٠ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪(٢٠١٨‬‬

‫)‪(١٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﺠﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٢٧ / ١٥‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﻴﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻧﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻃﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﺛﻼﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺭﻓﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻻﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺜﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‪ ...،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﻭﺻﻨﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻧﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﺧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻔﺮ‬

‫)‪(١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺷﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﺯﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺛﺒﺘﺎ ﻓﻘﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻗﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺤﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪ ٢٧٤ / ١‬ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ( ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!! ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ!! ﻭﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ )‪٦٠ / ٢‬‬
‫‪ ٦١ -‬ﻭ ‪ ٧١‬ﻭ ‪ ٩٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٩٧‬ﻭ ‪ (....٩٨‬ﻭﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻗﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ!!‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ )ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ( )‪ (٦٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻫﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ‪) :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ (...‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻭﻻﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟!!‬

‫)‪(١٦‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻛﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻟﺠﺄﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺿﻤﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻔﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﺠﻪ ﻭﺩﺣﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺜﻐﺮ ﻃﻨﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺟﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺎﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺸﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺒﺮﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﺇﻣﻼﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻭﻟﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﺓ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٣٢٨‬ﻩ ﺑﺜﻐﺮ ﻃﻨﺠﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺲ‬
‫‪ / ٢٠‬ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ‪ ١٤١٣ /‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ ١٩٩٣ / ٢ / ١١‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻇﻬﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻣﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻭﻣﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻢ( ﺹ )‪:(٦٢‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻀﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺭﻋﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺷﻌﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺑﻞ ﺣﺬﻓﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺠﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ )‪.(٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻛﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ( ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻨﻌﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺡ ﻭﺃﺿﺮﺍﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺑﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺷﻌﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ( ﺇﻥ ﻋﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻘﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺷﻌﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﻴﺐ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻤﻨﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ(‬
‫)‪ ،(٥٦٩ / ١٧‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺗﺸﺒﺜﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﺰﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ( ﻓﺄﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ( ﻭﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫)‪(٢٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺬ ﺍﺩﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻬﺎ!! ﻛﻤﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻀﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﻲ ﻭﺯﻋﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺛﻖ ﺯﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻳﻀﻌﻔﻪ ﻭﻳﺠﺮﺣﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﺸﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻩ ﻭﺳﻄﺎ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻃﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻫﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺰﻭﻫﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ )ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺰﻭﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫)ﻛﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻮﺳﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺎﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻜﺬﺑﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺋﻌﺎ ﺣﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﺮﺙ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻀﻴﻊ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻜﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫)‪(٢٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻫﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﻳﻼ ﻷﻣﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﺗﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺟﻤﻌﺖ * ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﺧﺼﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﺼﻠﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ * ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﻪ * ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺏ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ * ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻫﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺣﺼﻠﻪ ﻓﻤﻦ * ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﺤﻘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺬﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻓﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺨﺮﻩ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﺮﻩ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺒﺜﺎ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ )‪ (١‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺿﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻌﺖ ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ )‪ (٣‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻻﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺮ )‪ (٤‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻘﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻢ‬

‫)‪(٢٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺮﺟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻔﻼ ﺛﻢ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺃﺷﻬﺪﻛﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺫﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻟﻜﻴﻼ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺕ ﻭﺭﺑﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺑﻬﻴﺞ )‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺁﺗﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ )‪ (٧‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ )‪ (٨‬ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻄﻔﻪ ﻟﻴﻀﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﺰﻱ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﻘﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ )‪ (٩‬ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﺪﺍﻙ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ )‪ (١٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻃﻤﺄﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺧﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ )‪ (١١‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ )‪ (١٢‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻩ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻌﻪ ﻟﺒﺌﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﺒﺌﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻴﺮ )‪(١٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٢٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ )‪ (١٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻠﻴﻤﺪﺩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺛﻢ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻦ ﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﻴﻆ )‪(١٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺰﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ(‪) :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺿﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﺤﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻌﻮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻴﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ )‪ ،(٦‬ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻀﺤﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﻼﺕ!! ﻓﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﺷﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ!! ﻭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻮﻥ!! ﻓﺒﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٧‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻬﺎﻭﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺳﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﺒﻐﺎﺀ!! ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻗﻞ ﺃﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﻥ؟! * ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻜﻢ( *!!‬
‫)‪ (٧‬ﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻭﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻈﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﻬﻦ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺳﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﺎﺟﺮﻫﻢ!! ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻔﻴﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﺤﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻷﻗﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﻮ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻪ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،...‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻔﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺶ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﻫﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻸﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻳﺤﺠﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺓ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺎ ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ!! ﻭﺗﺠﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﻴﻌﻪ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﺘﺎﺟﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺭﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺠﺄﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌﻮﺫﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺑﺼﺮﺍ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻛﻀﻮﺍ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻼﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻨﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻠﻖ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ )ﺹ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﺣﻠﻘﻮﻩ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ ﻛﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﺳﻘﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺘﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻳﺪﺧﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺳﻨﺎ )ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ )ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﺘﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻈﻤﻪ!! ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺿﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻀﻠﻴﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺠﺮﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺇﻓﺘﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺠﻬﻞ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫)‪(٢٩‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ( * ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ .٣٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻓﻮﺍﻫﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺤﺴﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.١٥ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﻌﺔ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻘﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻘﻨﻌﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﺍ ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻠﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺁﺛﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻬﺮﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺛﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻐﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻔﻴﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪ .٩ :‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺮﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ(‬

‫)‪(٣٠‬‬
‫ﺹ )‪ (٢٢ - ١٧‬ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻓﻴﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻮﺳﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺟﺎﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻜﺬﺑﺎ(‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻔﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻏﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ!! ﻳﺮﺟﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﺤﺢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺑﺤﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻻﻥ(!! ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻔﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻼ * ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻻﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺿﻞ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،٤٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻬﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮﺗﻢ( *؟! ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٨٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻬﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٣١‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،٧٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻱ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،١٣٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﻓﻴﻀﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ‪ ،٢٦ :‬ﻭﺫﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﺃﺧﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،١٧٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﻔﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻃﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪،٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺿﻞ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٥٠‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺛﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،١٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺿﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺿﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٧٧ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺣﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ .(٢١٧٤ / ٤‬ﻭﻣﺘﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﻛﺾ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ( )‪ (١١٢ / ٢‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻲ )ﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ( )‪:(٥٥ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٣٢‬‬
‫)ﻟﻮ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻷﻓﻀﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺘﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺃﺩﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺘﻲ( )‪.(٤٦ / ١‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ( )‪:(٤٦ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺅﻩ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ( )‪:(١٣٤ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪ ..‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ( *!!‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٩٠ / ٨‬‬
‫]ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭﺯﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻕ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕ ﻭﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﻧﺤﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻨﺼﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻩ( )‪ (١٤٧ / ١‬ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪) :‬ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻣﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻩ ﻻ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﻳﺘﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺰﺍﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ‬

‫)‪(٣٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ )ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﺴﺮﻫﻤﺎ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (/ ٥٧٥ / ٦‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫])ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ(‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﻤﺎ(‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺇﺛﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ [..‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ ﺑﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻻﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ!! ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺨﺬ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﻥ!! ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺹ ﺇﻥ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺿﻴﻔﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺁﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺤﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻳﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ )ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﺴﺮﻫﻤﺎ( ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺴﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ!! ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﻭﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﻀﻄﺠﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺧﺺ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺿﺮﺭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻴﻤﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻔﻖ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ!!‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٤٦٥ / ١٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻀﺪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٣٤‬‬
‫)ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ؟!‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺯﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺯﻟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺄﺣﺮﻕ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺘﻨﻈﺮ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ( )‪ (٨‬ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺗﻰ ﺭﺧﺼﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺗﻰ ﻋﺰﺍﺋﻤﻪ( )‪ (٩‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺧﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻴﻤﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻛﺾ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺨﻄﺌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ[‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺭﺧﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﻥ ﻓﺴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻨﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ( ﺹ )‪ .(١٧ - ١٦‬ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٠٨ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٤٥١ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (١٤٠ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ( )‪ (٢٩١ / ١١‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺯﺍﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ!! ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻔﺎﺧﻪ ﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ! ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻭﻣﺒﺘﻜﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺿﺞ!! ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻔﻠﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺛﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻀﻠﻼ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ!! ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻋﺮ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫)‪(٣٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ * ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﻭﻧﺴﻜﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻴﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ * ﻗﻞ ﺃﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺑﻐﻲ ﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﺯﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﺌﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪- ١٦١) :‬‬
‫‪ .(١٦٤‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻼ( *‬

‫)‪(٣٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،١٢٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.١٢٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ * ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﺑﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺎ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻐﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻮﺟﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻄﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ * ﻭﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﺘﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺼﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻫﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ * ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻤﻮﺗﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ * ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻓﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺘﻢ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺄﻧﻘﺬﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ * ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ( *‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.(١٠٤ - ٩٥) :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻲ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻲ ﺑﺤﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﺭﺑﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.(١١٧ - ١١٦) :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .٢٥ :‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫)‪(٤٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻕ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺆﻣﻨﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺼﺮﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺃﻗﺮﺭﺗﻢ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺗﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ * ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻮﻥ * ﺃﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﻐﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .(٨٣ - ٨١) :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻤﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.١٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٦٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ * ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﺘﻎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺳﺮﻳﻦ * ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺟﺰﺍﺅﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ * ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ * ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ *‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻮﻥ * ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪- ٨٤) :‬‬
‫‪.(٩١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٤٤ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ ٥٧ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(٤٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٤٥ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺏ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٤٧ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٥٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺳﺨﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ( * ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،١٣ :‬ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ )ﻣﻨﻪ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪.١١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻧﻔﺨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪ ٢٩ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺿﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻷﺷﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺃﻥ ﻃﻬﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺔ * )ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻘﻴﺎﻫﺎ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪.١٣ :‬‬

‫)‪(٤٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﺰﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ( )‪:(٤٧٥ / ٦‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ )‪ :(١٠‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺇﻳﺬﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﺒﺪﻩ(‪ ...‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺬﻓﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﻪ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺮﺍ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ؟! * )ﻗﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﺑﻴﺨﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪.(٢٢٧ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻛﺬﺑﺘﻢ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﻴﻄﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﺗﻠﺨﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺘﺪﻱ ﻟﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ * ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﺢ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ * ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺗﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ * ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻯ * ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺘﻤﺎ * ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺭﻩ ﻳﻨﻘﺬ ﻣﻦ * ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺸﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻩ * ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﻊ * ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ * ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺎ‬

‫)‪(٤٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ )‪ ،(١١‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﻔﻲ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺫﻛﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺎﺛﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺛﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١‬ﻳﻈﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺩﺡ ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ‪) * :٢٢‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺤﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﻮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺧﺎﻣﺴﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺳﺎﺩﺳﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻓﺤﻤﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺮﻭﺫ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻔﺮﻋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ * )ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ( *‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ *‬
‫)ﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺗﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﻼﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٢٤٣ / ١‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺼﻨﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ( ﺛﻢ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﺄﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺳﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ‬

‫)‪(٤٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ )ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ )ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻓﻀﻌﻔﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻣﻨﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﺎﺳﻌﻬﺎ(‪ :‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺮ( * ﻭﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺎﺷﺮﻫﺎ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ )ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻬﺎ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ )ﺏ( ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ( ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪) ،‬ﻭ( ﻟﻜﻦ )ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ( ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ )ﺣﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫)‪) (٤٧٨ / ٦‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻟﻌﻼﺕ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ( ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫)‪.(١٨٣٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻕ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ[‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻛﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﻛﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ )‪:(٣٤٤ / ١٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻔﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺣﺪ ﻳﻮﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .:‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺏ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺠﺴﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ[ ﺍ ﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺫﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٤٥٢ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻛﻪ )‪ (٥٤٠ / ٢‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻞ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ‬

‫)‪(٤٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ )‪ :(٣٥٦ / ١٣‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﺤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﻋﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺑﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻫﻤﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ[ ‪ ١‬ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ(‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻜﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ( * ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﺿﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺑﻼ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ‬

‫)‪(٥٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﺣﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺫﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( *(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻟﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﺤﺒﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﺍ ﺧﻔﻴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻴﺤﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺳﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺑﺬﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺟﺎ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻀﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺫﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬

‫)‪(٥٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﺤﻢ ﻭﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﻲ )‪ (١٢‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(١٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺫﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻼﻗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )‪ (١٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ )‪ (١٥‬ﺹ ‪ ،٣٣٨ - ٣٣٥‬ﻓﺴﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( )‪:(٩٦ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻜﻢ؟! ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺐ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻐﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺳﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺃﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﻜﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٥٤٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭﺑﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺿﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪ ٥٢٣ / ٢‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﻱ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ )‪ ٢٥٥‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺹ )‪.(٣٣٢‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (٤٢٩‬ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﺤﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﺖ‪ * (...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪) * :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ * )ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﺪﺗﺎ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺮﻭﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺇﻓﺤﺎﻣﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ * )ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺑﻪ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪) * -‬ﻓﺒﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻔﺮ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻓﺤﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﺨﺼﻤﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺣﺠﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫* )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺩﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﻟﻨﺎ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ * )ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﺑﺸﺊ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﺪﺗﺎ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ( * ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻳﺤﻴﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻔﺼﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻩ )‪ .(١٦‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٢٥ / ١٠‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ )‪٢٨ / ١٠‬‬
‫‪.(٢٩ -‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺨﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٢٠٢ / ٧‬‬
‫)ﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﺭﺃﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻣﺸﺒﻪ(‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ( ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ )ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﻙ( )‪(٢٠٤ / ١‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٨٨ / ٨‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫)ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ( ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻄﻘﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ )ﺕ ‪ ٣٢١‬ﻩ( ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٥٥‬‬
‫)ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻴﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺨﻮﺽ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ؟! ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻨﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺣﻔﺼﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﻳﻔﺤﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺬﻡ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ!! ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﺘﻬﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﺮﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻬﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬

‫)‪(٥٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﻨﺎﻫﻢ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﺩﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﺜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺸﺪﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺣﻀﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻘﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻫﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ( * ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﻘﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ!! ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﺖ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ )ﺯﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪ /‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!( ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!! ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ!!‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺎﺩﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﺬﺍﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻨﺒﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﺎﻋﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻛﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺿﺔ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺎﺻﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻜﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﺔ!! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺣﺠﺠﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻷﻥ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﻝ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ!! ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﻧﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ( )‪ !!(١٧‬ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺻﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻐﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺋﻴﻦ!! ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺹ )‪ (٢١٠‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ( )‪ (٨ / ١‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻞ ﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺤﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻄﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ‬
‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻼﻋﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ( ﺃﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﺻﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺠﺰﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﺧﺒﺮﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ!! ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺤﺖ!! ﻭ * )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪) * ١٠٥ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻓﻜﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ( *‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﻑ‪.٢٨ :‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (١‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٤٧٤ / ١٨‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪:(١٨٦ / ٥‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺐ ‪ -‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪ (١٨٦ / ٥‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻸﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻣﺬﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ!! ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ!! ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻇﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ؟!( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٤٧٥ - ٤٧٤ / ١٨‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( )‪ (١٩٠ / ٥‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺐ ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻳﺘﺨﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻗﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻳﻤﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺮﺓ )ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻬﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺠﺪﻫﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻄﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺮﻧﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺠﺰ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ!! ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻗﻂ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻳﻤﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ( ﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ!! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ * )ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺃﻡ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪﺍ( *؟!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ!! ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ )ﻳﻠﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ( ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٣٣٦ / ٦‬‬

‫)‪(٦١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ :(١٢٠ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪) :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ( ﺛﻢ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﺬﺍ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﺬﺍ؟ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﻌﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )‪ :(٣٤٢ / ٦‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ )ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺹ )‪:(٣٤٠‬‬
‫)ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﻌﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺘﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ ﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ )ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ!! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ )‪ (١٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ؟!! ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ!! ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ!! ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ( *!! ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻊ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ؟! ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻠﻴﻦ!!!!‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺤﺬﺭﻩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (١١٩ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻤﻮﻩ؟!( ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪:(١٥٤ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﻜﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻬﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ؟!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﻫﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫)‪(٦٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( )‪ (١٩٠ / ٥‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺎﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﺎﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻃﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ!! ﺃﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺨﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ )‪ ،(١٩‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ؟! ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ!!‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺻﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ( ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺣﻴﺮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ( ﻓﻜﺬﺏ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ! ﺃﻱ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺿﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮﺍ؟! ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺨﺰﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ! ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ!! ﻭﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ( ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﻋﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (١٠٢ / ٢٠‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٤‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺘﻤﻲ )‪ (٢٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﻜﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻲ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﺑﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻜﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ )‪ .((٢١‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺘﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺪﻭ ﻟﻸﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻼ ﻏﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٤٣٥ / ٢٠‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺘﻤﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺯﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ * ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﻬﺮﺍ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺪﺑﺮﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻬﻢ * ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺘﻤﻲ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺳﺘﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ * ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ * ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﻄﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻮﻳﺖ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻠﻪ * ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻤﻴﺖ ﻟﺮﺳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺘﻤﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺟﺰﻣﺎ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢١‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ (١٨٨ / ٥‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ )ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺩﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻧﻴﻔﻪ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ(‬
‫ﺹ )‪ (٦٨‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻻ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ [...‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻔﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ!! ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺀﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﻮﻫﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺜﻖ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻻﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٤٧٣ / ١٨‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻔﺎﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺗﻀﻴﻪ ﺭﺃﻳﺎ ﻭﻧﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺪﺍ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ‪ [...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻭﻻ(‪ :‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ!! ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ )ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٣‬ﻭﺃﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﺼﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺮﺯﻩ ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ‬

‫)‪(٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )‪ ،(٢٢‬ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺻﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻔﺎﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﺗﻀﻴﻪ ﺭﺃﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺪﺍ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﻉ‪ [...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ!!‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ(‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ!! ﻷﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎ * ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﺽ ﻭﺭﻡ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫)ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺳﻠﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ!! ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ( )‪ (٢١٦ / ١١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ( )‪ (١٩٥ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٣٣ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ( ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ( ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٧‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ(‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻬﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺎﺕ!! ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺏ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻐﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﺎﻓﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻃﻼﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﻘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻼﺕ!! ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٥٠١ / ٢١‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ )‪ (٢٣‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻱ ﻏﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ!!‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ(!! ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ؟!‬

‫)‪(٦٨‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻗﺮﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺛﺒﺎﺕ * )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( *‪) * ،‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ( * ﻭﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻲ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪:(٩١ / ٨‬‬
‫]‪ .....‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺤﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻷﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪ (٢٤‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻐﻞ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ )ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍ!! ﻭﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ!! ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺄﻭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻏﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﺩﻓﺎﻋﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻮﻳﻎ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﻪ ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻂ ﻭ‪ ....‬ﺍﻟﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻜﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻻﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻭﻧﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ؟! ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ (٨٨ / ٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫]ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ )‪ ١١٤ / ٥‬ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ([ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( )‪ (١٣ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ]ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ( ﺹ )‪ (١٣٥‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ[ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‬
‫]ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ )‪.[(٩١٧ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻗﺪﺣﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻖ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﻱ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﻖ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﻫﻮﺍﻧﻪ!! ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ]ﺃﺳﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻁ!! ﻭﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺴﻂ!! ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻂ!![ ﻭﺳﺄﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﻩ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻲ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺖ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻓﻠﺘﻜﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺼﺪﻱ ﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻞ )‪.[...(٢٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ(‬
‫)‪ (٦٩ / ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠‬‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﺎﻝ * ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺿﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻮﻣﻨﺎ * ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻯ ﻭﻭﺑﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺴﺘﻔﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﻧﺎ * ﺳﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٢٧١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺀ‪ .١٦٠ / ١ ...‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺀ‪ ..‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‬
‫)‪ (٧١ / ٤‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺹ )‪ (٩٧‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻁ ﺻﺒﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺹ )‪ (١٨٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺫﺍﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (٣‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٣٦٦ / ٢٢‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﺑﻨﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‬

‫)‪(٧١‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ( )‪!!(٢٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﻔﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺆﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺀ ﻳﺰﺩﺣﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺘﻪ( ﺃﻧﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻜﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ!! ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٢٩ / ٢٢‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺴﻮﻑ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ(!! ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺹ )‪(٣٠‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺗﻬﻨﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ( ﺹ )‪!!(٦٦ - ٦١‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﺿﺤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ!! ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﺊ ﻋﺠﺎﺏ!!! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺮﻳﺔ!!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ!!‬

‫)‪(٧٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺗﺄﻧﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ(‪] .‬ﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٦٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺹ )‪ (١٢٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ[ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻨﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻷﻣﻪ ﺗﺘﻌﺒﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺫﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻰ ﺃﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺫﻳﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪) :‬ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﺒﻴﺚ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺴﻜﺘﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﻟﺸﻌﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻔﻚ ﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺑﺤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﺷﺊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﺻﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﺎﺀ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،١٢٤‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﺰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻃﻼﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ )‪ (٢٧‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻐﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻞ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺠﻌﻴﻦ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٧‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺸﻘﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪) :‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺀ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻩ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻤﻌﻲ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺮﻱ ﺫﻡ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰﺡ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﺡ ﻭﺗﺬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ .(٤٢٩ / ٥‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ )‪(٢٠ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ٢١‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﺪ!! ﻓﻬﺮﺍﺀ ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ!! ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٧٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺐ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ )‪!!(٢٨‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﻐﺐ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺯﻭﺭﺍ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ!! ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٨‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٤٣٣ / ٥‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ( ‪) :١٩ / ١٠‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺆﺩﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺃﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻮﺕ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﺖ ﻟﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ(‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺆﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻻ ﻵﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻻﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٧٩ :‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﻓﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻷﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﻬﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺕ ﺛﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻛﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻔﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﺎﺑﻄﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻂ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ )ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ( ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ )ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ( )‪.(٢٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻬﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٠٠ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ )‪ (٣٨٨ / ٩‬ﻭ )‪ (١٢٠ / ١٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (١٥٦ / ٦‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪(١٤٠ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٣٢ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ )‪ (١٠٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (١٧٨ / ١‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ‬
‫)‪ (٦٨ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ )‪ (١٧١ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٢١٢ / ٢‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ )‪ (١٣٩ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻰ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ١٤٨‬ﻭ ‪ (٨٠٨‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٦٥٨ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٥٩ / ٢‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (٥٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺰ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ )‪ (٣٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ ﻷﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻓﻬﻢ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ( * ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺧﺼﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻓﻬﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﺟﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﻼ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺬﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺬﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺒﻲ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠‬ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺘﻰ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻭﺑﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﺒﻊ‪ (٣١) (...‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﻳﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ( )‪.(٣٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٩٧٤ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺻﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺣﺞ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪) :(٩٩ / ٩‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ...‬ﺃﻥ ﺣﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﺜﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ( )‪ (٢٥٧ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٨٧ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (١٣٣ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ (٣٨٨ / ٩‬ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٠٠ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٨‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺑﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻐﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺻﺮﻉ ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ‬
‫ﺻﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻓﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ( )‪.(٣٣‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( )‪.(٣٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺳﻴﺪﻱ( ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺑﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ( ﺹ )‪:(١٣٠‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١١٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( )‪ (٩٥ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪(٢٠٢ / ١٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ )‪ (١٧٠ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٩٨ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ( )‪ (٩٧ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ( )‪٥٢ / ٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻫﻤﻪ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺍﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﻧﺎ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﺪﺕ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ( * ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪ ،٥ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺿﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ( )‪.(٣٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻔﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ( )‪.(٣٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺁﺧﺮ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻓﻠﻴﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ( )‪.(٣٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﻴﺊ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ( )‪.(٣٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،١٠٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٠٢ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٢١٠٥ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٧٤٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٤٧٧ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٧٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٤٧٧ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٤٧ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٤٧٣ / ١‬ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨٠‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢٥٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻙ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺷﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!! ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ(؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻌﺪ )‪.(٣٩‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١٨٢ / ١٤ / ٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٣٥٧ / ٢‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻃﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (٢٠٨ / ٨‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨١‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٧١‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ( * ﺃﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻴﻴﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٧٧ / ٧‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ( * ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،١٥ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺑﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.١٣١ :‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻠﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻧﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬

‫)‪(٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * )‪ (٤٠‬ﺳﺒﺄ‪ ،٤٤ :‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻫﻤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠‬ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺧﻠﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻼ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * ﺃﻱ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( *‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻡ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ‪ ،٢١ :‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺧﻼ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺪ ]ﺧﻼ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ[ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﻞ ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﺎﺗﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﺑﺎﺋﺤﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺳﺒﺄ‪ .٢٨ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٣٣ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪) :(٣٧٠ / ١‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺧﻤﺴﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻄﻬﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ...:‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺜﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ )‪!!(٤١‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺟﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ(!! )‪:(٢٤٧ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ( * ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪ ١١٤ / ١‬ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ!!( )‪ (٤٤٣ / ١‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺪﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ( *‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻡ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻐﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﻠﺪﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻧﺒﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ!! ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬

‫)‪(٨٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺪ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﻧﺪ!! ﻭﻳﻌﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻭﺑﺪﻋﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ!! ﻛﺒﺮﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺫﺗﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭﻻﻫﻤﺎ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٦٧١ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺫﻧﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻷﻣﻲ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺫﻧﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻭﺭ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﺃﺑﻜﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ!! ﻭﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ( *‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺀﻩ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﺪﻣﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻳﺤﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﺑﻔﺮﺍﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﺤﺰﻭﻧﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٧٣ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٨٠٨ / ٤‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻩ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ‬

‫)‪(٨٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺳﻂ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺰﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺫﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ ﻭﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪] .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ(‬
‫)‪ [(٢٣٢ / ٣٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪) :‬ﺻﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ( ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻯ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺭﺓ!!‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪.(١٩١ / ١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ( )‪ (٢٢٦ / ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﻘﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ(‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻻ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺹ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﺮﺍ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻴﺒﻪ‬

‫)‪(٨٦‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻜﺮ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﺎﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﺑﻘﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ( )‪،(٤٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ [...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ )‪.(٤٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ )ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻭﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺇﻟﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺬ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ( ﺹ )‪ ،(٩٧ - ٩٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﺠﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﺻﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﺣﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻫﺮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ( )‪ (٥٠١ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٣‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ( )‪ (٢٠٢ / ٢‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﻖ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺬﻓﻮﻧﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺏ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﺍﺛﻴﻘﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻄﻴﻌﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻮ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ( )‪.(٤٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ( )‪ (٥٤ / ١٥ / ٩‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻮﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻄﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻴﻌﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺀﻭﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺘﻢ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ( )‪ (٣٤ / ٣١ / ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﺤﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻃﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺿﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٤‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺷﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٢٤ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ (٣٥٦ / ١٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٣٣ / ٣‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ( )‪ (٢٨٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺹ )‪ .(١١١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ( )‪) :(٢١٦ / ٧‬ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺀ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺿﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪.(٤٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪ (٤٦‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٥‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ!! ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬
‫)‪ (٤٦‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻶﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻠﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٣٩ / ١٢‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٩ / ٥‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ )ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٨٩‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ )‪ ،(٤٧‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )‪ ،(٤٨‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺧﺮ ﻟﻘﻔﺎﻩ )‪ ،(٤٩‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٧‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ!! ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ!!‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٢٤٦ / ٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ( ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ!! ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﻄﺎ!! ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺮﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﺌﺎ!! ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ!!‬
‫)‪ (٤٨‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ( * ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺑﻴﺨﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻛﺸﻔﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻠﻘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﻘﺮﺀﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﺘﻴﻼ( * ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻧﺪﻋﻮ( ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ * )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ( * ﻻ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻌﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﺎﻗﺪ( ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺰﻱ ﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﻊ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!! ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺫﻕ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ( * ﺗﻘﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٩‬ﻭﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٩٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺛﻴﻘﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻏﺪﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ )‪.(٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )‪ (٥١‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ )‪ (٥٢‬ﻭﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺮﻕ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻛﺄﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺷﻲ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮ ﺣﺒﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺪﻭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻃﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ )‪ ،(٥٣‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥٠‬ﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!! ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ( ﺹ )‪ (١٥٧‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٥١‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﺑﻈﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮ( * ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ!!‬
‫)‪ (٥٢‬ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻤﺸﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ!! ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ )ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٤٥٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﺪﺓ( ﺹ )‪) :(٥٤‬ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ‪ -‬ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ(‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ!!‬
‫)‪ (٥٣‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻃﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؟! ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺸﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ!!‬

‫)‪(٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻙ )‪،(٥٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ )‪ (...(٥٥‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻟﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٢٤٦ / ٣‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؟( )‪ (٥٦‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪ ....:‬ﺳﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﺤﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥٤‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؟! ﺛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٥٥‬ﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ!! ﻭﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ؟!!‬
‫)‪ (٥٦‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻸﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ( * ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،٣٦ :‬ﻓﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻼ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻪ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ( ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻠﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺬﺏ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻨﺠﻤﻊ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻔﻨﺪ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻼ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪ ،(٥٧‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺆﻣﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ([‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ( ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ )‪:(٢٠٧ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺂﺑﺎﺋﻪ ﺹ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺹ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ( )‪ (٦١١ / ٢‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻼﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻼﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺄﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻼﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥٧‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ( )‪ (٢٣٢ / ١٠‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ( )‪ :(٦١٢ / ٢‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.(..‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ( ﺹ )‪] .(٩٧‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ )‪.[(١٣٠ / ١٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺤﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ!! ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ؟!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻈﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ )‪:(٥٨‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥٨‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ( ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺹ )‪.(١٦٩‬‬

‫)‪(٩٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺭﺏ * ﻳﺤﺮﻕ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﺤﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ * ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺐ ﻧﺠﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎ * ﺑﺤﻘﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻔﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪:(٤٥ / ١‬‬
‫]ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ( * * )ﻭﺯﺩﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺪﻯ( * * )ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﻫﺪﻯ( *‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﺯﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺁﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻫﻢ( * * )ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ( *‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﺯﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﺰﺩﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫* )ﻓﺎﺧﺸﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺰﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻋﺶ ﻓﺴﺄﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺖ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻜﻢ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ( ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ )ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( * )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .[...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ )( ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﺃﺩﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ ٢٥ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦٥‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ )ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ )ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ( ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ(‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ )ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ( ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ )ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻂ( ﻋﻦ )ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬

‫)‪(٩٦‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺖ‬
‫)ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ(‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻗﺮﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﻟﺒﺮﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺑﺄﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺛﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫])ﻭﺭﺟﺤﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﺃﻱ ﻭﺭﺟﺢ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ( ﺃﻱ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ )ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﻭﻧﻘﺼﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‬
‫)ﺑﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺘﺠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻸﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺰﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻠﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺯﺍﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ؟ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( )‪ (٥٩‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) :‬ﻟﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٥٩‬ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺟﺰﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ( )‪.(١٥٠ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٩٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﻪ( )‪ (٦٠‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﻴﻞ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ )ﻻ( ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺫﻋﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺼﺪﻕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﻴﻞ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ )ﻻ ﺧﻠﻒ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻔﻈﻲ )‪ ،(٦١‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٠‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ )ﺑﻬﻢ( ﺑﺪﻝ )ﺑﻪ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ( )‪ (٦٩ / ١‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٤٩‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٦١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ )ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻓﻼ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ )ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ(‬
‫ﻓﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻼ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﺓ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺻﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٩٩‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﻣﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ( *‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ( *(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ )‪:(٦٢‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪.٧٨ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ :(٢٠٨ / ١٧ / ١٠‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٢‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ )ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ( ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺎﻭﻱ )‪.(١١٥ / ٢‬‬

‫)‪(١٠٠‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ * )ﻫﻮ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ * )ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻚ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ * )ﻫﻮ ﺳﻤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) * :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻚ( * ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﺎﺀﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻛﻤﻠﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺩﻳﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﺗﻤﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ .٤ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﻧﻮﺭ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﺩﻭﺍ( * ﻭﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻣﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ * )ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ( * ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ * )ﻫﺎﺩﻭﺍ( * ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﻬﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ( * ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻂ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ( * ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‬

‫)‪(١٠١‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻗﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺃﺳﻠﻤﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﻭﺍ( * ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺃﺳﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻧﻮﻓﻞ‪) :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺀﺍ ﺗﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺀﺍ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﺼﺢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻟﺸﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺁﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) * :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﻟﻬﻚ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻏﻠﺐ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﺒﻊ ﻵﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫)‪(١٠٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺂﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﻭﺣﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻲ ﻭﺑﺮﺳﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻭﺣﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻴﻦ( * ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﺫ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻜﺬﺑﻮﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﺰﺯﻧﺎ ﺑﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ )‪ (١٥٥ / ٢٢ / ١٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺷﺮﻉ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ( * ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻡ ﻥ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻡ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﺤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪(٤٠ - ٣٧ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ )ﻭﺗﻐﺘﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺑﺔ( )‪.(٦٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻋﺎﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﻥ( * ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪.(٥٣ - ٥٢ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(١٠٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺟﻤﻌﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ )ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ( ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ )ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ( ﻓﺘﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ )‪ ،(٦٤‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎﺟﺎ( * ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﻮﺓ ﻟﻌﻼﺕ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪:(٤٨٩ / ٦‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ(‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺧﻮﺓ ﻟﻌﻼﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٤‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻳﺎﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ( ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(١٠٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺹ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ )ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻋﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪،١٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪،١٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ )‪(٦٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ )‪ ،(٦٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٤٧٤ / ٦‬ﻓﺘﺢ( ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٥٧ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(٤٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺹ‪) :‬ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺤﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٧٥ / ١‬ﻓﺘﺢ( ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٥٣ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪.(٣٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻭﺿﻮﺣﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ )ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٥‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٦‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٠٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ )‪.(٦٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)‪ ٦١ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٥٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪(١٠٣ / ١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺷﻌﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻭﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٩٥ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻴﻘﺮﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻐﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﻩ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺨﺪﺍﻋﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٧‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻴﺔ!! ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٣٠٤‬ﻩ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٣٨٧‬ﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ!!‬

‫)‪(١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺑﻄﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺏ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻼ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻼﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻘﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻟﻔﻰ( * ﻓﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻭﻫﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻓﺤﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺠﺪﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ( * ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻢ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﺛﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺗﻤﻄﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺘﺨﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﻓﺤﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻘﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ( * ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٣ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻛﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(١٠٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺿﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺿﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺳﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻰ ﻳﺆﻓﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،٦١ :‬ﻭﺍﻹﻓﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪) :(٣٦١ / ١٣‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻲ!( ﺍ ﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻓﺤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﺣﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ( *‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﺣﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﻧﺴﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻣﻴﻢ؟! ﻗﻞ ﻳﺤﻴﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ( * ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺲ‪.٧٨ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﻉ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﺪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ؟!‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻧﺤﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪.٢٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(١٠٨‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ( * ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺨﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ( * ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫* )ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( * ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺯﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺭﺍ( * ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﺤﻲ ﻣﻤﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﻓﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺭﺣﺎﻡ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺗﺒﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬

‫)‪(١٠٩‬‬
‫ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ( ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻋﻨﺔ؟! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ( *‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ * )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ( * ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺣﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ( ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) * :‬ﺃﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ( * ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻭﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ( ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ؟( ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ )ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻬﻚ؟( ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻃﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﻫﺎﻕ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻳﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻤﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﻣﺤﻲ ﻣﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫)‪(١١٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻋﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ( * ﻓﺴﻤﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻴﺖ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻨﻜﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺍ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ( * ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻓﻸﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻘﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ( * ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﻊ‬

‫)‪(١١١‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻘﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ( ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ )ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ( ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ * )ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ )ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ )ﻛﻔﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﻔﺮ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺹ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻫﻮ )ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ )ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻲ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺫﻋﺎﻥ( ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١١٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻋﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ * )ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ( * ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻀﻴﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ( * ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ( * ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺮﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻴﺪﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١١٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺤﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ )‪.(٦٨‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﻴﻦ( ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺰﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺳﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،٦٧ :‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﺎ( * ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،٦٤ :‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻷﻱ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﺎ ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﺮﻭﻟﺔ( ﻻ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺎﻋﻨﻲ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻉ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ (..‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٩٩ ٠ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،(٢٥٦٩‬ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻐﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﻤﺤﺺ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ!‬

‫)‪(١١٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺣﻤﻪ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( )ﺹ ‪ (٦٩) (٢٩٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٦٩‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﺼﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺼﻒ ﻭﺗﻨﻀﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻤﻮﻩ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻀﻠﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ!! ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻌﺪﻭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺯﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ!! ﻓﻠﺘﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﻦ!!‬

‫)‪(١١٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺰﻋﻤﻪ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻋﻤﻪ!! ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ!! ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﺍ!! ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬

‫)‪(١١٦‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ * )ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.٤٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﺎﻧﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ * ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ * ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ *‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﺖ( * ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺷﻴﺔ‪.٢٠ - ١٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١١٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺒﺜﻮﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ * )ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ٦٧ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ * )ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ٥١ :‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻧﺴﻴﺎ( * ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ٦٤ :‬ﻓﻨﻔﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺘﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ )ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ( ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻻ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ * )ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻣﺮﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ )ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ / ٥‬ﺟﺰﺀ ‪ / ٨‬ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪(٢٠٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ )ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ‪ ٣١٠‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻤﻨﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٥٦٩ / ١٧‬‬

‫)‪(١١٨‬‬
‫)ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺒﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪) * :‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺯﻟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ * )ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ( * ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺤﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ * ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ * ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪ ١٩٥ - ١٩٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ .٢ :‬ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻇﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮﺀ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﺑﺼﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺮﻭﺀ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٢٢٨ :‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻬﺮ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﻴﻀﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻃﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬

‫)‪(١١٩‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺬﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪.(٧٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٠‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺹ )‪ (١٦٧‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ % ١٠٠‬ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ )‪.(٧١‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ % ٩٩ - % ٥١‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ % ٥٠‬ﺻﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺜﻮﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ( ﺹ )‪:(١٢‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧١‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻲ )ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ( ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢١‬‬
‫)]ﺃﻭﻻ[‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﻣﺄﺟﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٣٥٤ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٢٢٥ / ١‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ(‪ ...‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )‪ ،(٧٢‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ )‪ ،(٧٣‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٢‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ )‪ (٢٩٩ / ٣‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻩ!! ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ!!‬
‫)‪ (٧٣‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﺤﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺸﻮﺷﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ!! ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ!!‬

‫)‪(١٢٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺎﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ )‪،(٧٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٤‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ( ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ!! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻓﺘﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻋﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺩﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ( )‪:(١٣٢ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ....‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫)‪(١٢٤‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﻻ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﺰﺝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻇﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻪ ﻟﺨﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﺔ ﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺜﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﺣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺑﺄﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺞ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻬﻢ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺪ ﻭﻳﺤﺞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻔﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺫﺍﻉ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻭﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﺓ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﻓﺪﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺹ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٨٩ / ٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺗﺒﻌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ )‪ ،(٧٥‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﺮﺕ ﻟﻴﻌﻘﺮﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﻷﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﻳﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٥‬ﺗﺪﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ( ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻚ ﻋﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺹ( ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺄﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺌﺮ ﻣﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻏﺪﺭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﻢ ﺹ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺼﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ١٩ / ١٦‬ﻓﺘﺢ( ﻭ )‪ ٣٨٥ / ٧‬ﻓﺘﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ )‪:(٢٤٧ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺨﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻟﻮﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺞ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺫﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺎﺫﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺪﺍﻧﻲ )‪ ،(٧٦‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﻣﻮﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻟﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻜﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺛﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺛﻲ‪ ..‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﺣﻀﺮﻣﻮﺕ( ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫)‪.(٥٥ / ٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٦‬ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺬﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺬﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٢٧‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺼﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻼﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻛﺎﻷﺷﻌﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺟﻤﻼ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺛﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ؟!‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( )‪ :(١٣٨ / ٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺑﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺜﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (٣٥٦ / ٥‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺑﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﻌﺜﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪(...‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺚ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻘﺼﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ؟!‬

‫)‪(١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ!! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ!! ﺃﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ )ﺍﻷﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺰﺭﺝ( ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ )ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ( ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫)ﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ( ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺍﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ( )‪ (٥٥٨ / ١‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪] :(٢١٩ / ٧‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ[ ﺛﻢ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺮﻕ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺰﻧﻲ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )‪:(٢٢٠ / ٧‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ( )‪ :(٧٧‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻼ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٧‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )ﻗﺎﻝ( ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ( )‪) (٥٥٨ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺰﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﺮ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﺑﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(١٢٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻜﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻓﺪﻋﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ .....‬ﻓﺂﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻼﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻭﻫﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻲ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ]ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ( )‪ ،(٤٧١ / ١٥‬ﻭ )ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ( )‪/ ٢‬‬
‫‪ (٤٤٢‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬
‫)‪.[(٢٢١ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪ (٢١٩ / ٧‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ]ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ(‬
‫)‪ [(١٩٤ / ٢٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺛﻘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٦٠ / ٧‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺯﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺳﻲ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﻡ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﺑﻼﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪] :(٢٦١ / ٧‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺜﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺤﺶ( ﻓﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀ‪ [.....‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺹ ﺑﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ( )‪) :(٤٣٨ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻘﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻣﺼﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮ‪....‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺪﻭﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺹ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺴﻔﺖ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٥٦٦ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٤٠٣ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٥٧٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﺼﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻢ‪ (....‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ )ﺃﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ(‬
‫ﺃﻓﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻻ ﺿﺎﺑﻄﺎ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺻﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‬

‫)‪(١٣١‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺈﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺁﺕ ﻓﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٥٠٢ / ١‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﻝ )ﺭﺟﻞ(‪) :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻝ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٥٠٣ / ١‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﺰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻌﻀﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻬﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺷﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﺜﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( )‪ (١١١٨ / ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﺒﺖ ﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻧﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ( ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫)‪(١٣٢‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻮﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١١١٦ / ٢‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻂ؟!!‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (١٥٢ - ١٥١ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٤٢ - ٦٣٨ / ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﻌﺬﺏ ﺑﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ٢٧‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﺰ( ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻟﻴﻌﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﺒﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺬﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪:(٢٢٨ / ٦‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﺯﺭﺓ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( * ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺬﺏ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺒﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺬﺏ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(١٣٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﺀ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﻌﺬﺏ ﺑﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫* )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﺯﺭﺓ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( * ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ؟!!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ؟!!‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٥٨ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ٢٨٤‬ﻭ ‪ (٢٨٥‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻔﺆﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٦٠٨ / ٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٥٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٨٧‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪) :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻒ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻬﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٤‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ * )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ( * * )ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ( *‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻘﻬﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ( ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻩ ﺹ ﻳﺒﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺅﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ( ﻇﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (١٠١ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﺬ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( )‪ (٧٨‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪(٢٦ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (١٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ ١١٢ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٠٧‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺼﺪﻗﻮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )ﺹ ‪ (١٩٩‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻘﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﺬﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺑﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻄﻌﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺬﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (١٨١ / ١‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؟!‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ )ﺹ ‪ (٢١٥‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ( ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٦١ / ٦‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺩﺧﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻻ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ( ﻓﻐﻀﺒﺖ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻻ ﻃﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺆﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﺗﻄﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﺌﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﻨﺮﺟﻤﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺴﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﺇﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺮﻓﻮﻥ( * ﻳﺲ‪ ١٨ :‬ﻭ ‪ ،١٩‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻙ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ )‪) :(٦٤ / ٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ( ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻛﺄﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٦‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ( )‪:(٢ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﺼﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺫﻭﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺗﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﺙ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ؟! ﻓﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﻧﻔﺬﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ( )‪ (٧٩‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫)‪ (٦ / ١‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺎﺏ )‪ ،(٨٠‬ﻓﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻳﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻧﻀﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺆﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٧٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٢٢٥ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻰ )‪ (٩٥٩‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫)‪ (٢٧٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ (٢٣٤ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٣٣٨ / ٤‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪ (١٢٢٤‬ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ )‪ (٥١٣ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (١٢١ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٤١٩ / ٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٠‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫)ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٧‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺄﺗﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻷﻓﻌﻠﻦ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻌﺎ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻚ؟ ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮﻩ )‪.(٨١‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺐ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺛﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﺭﺟﺢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (١٠ / ١‬ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻒ ﻟﻲ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺬﻧﺐ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻓﻴﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻮﺭ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻏﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ( ﺛﻢ ﺗﻼ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﺬﻧﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.١٣٦ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻻﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻔﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺤﻼﻓﻪ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٢٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٣٨‬‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ؟! ﺃﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ؟!‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ( )‪:(٧ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭ ﺑﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ )‪ (٨٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٢‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪.-‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ )‪:(١٤٥ / ١‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﺪﻗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺧﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺪﻳﻦ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻦ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ( ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺸﺊ!! ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻴﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ )‪ (١٧ / ٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ )‪) :(٢٨٥ / ٩‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬

‫)‪(١٣٩‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ )‪ ،(٨٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ‪:-‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٣‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﻮﻳﺰﻣﻨﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ(‬
‫)‪ ٢٩١ / ٥‬ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺍﺫ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻌﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(١٤٠‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩ( ﺍ ﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﺔ( )‪ (١٠٥ / ٩‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺁﺩﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ( )‪ ٢٣١‬ﻭ ‪ (٢٣٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ( )‪.(٣٠ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ )ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩ( ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٢٣١ / ١٣‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺎﺯﺓ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٦١٢ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٩١٧‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪(٣٠١ / ٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ‬

‫)‪(١٤١‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﺘﺰﻟﻮﻫﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺻﺒﺮﻭﺍ([‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺻﺒﺮﻭﺍ( ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﺘﺰﻟﻮﻫﻢ( ﻇﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺄﺳﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺻﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻓﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺢ ﻷﻭﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻏﻤﺎﻣﺘﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ! ﻓﻨﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ( ﺹ )‪:(٤٣٢‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﻀﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺹ )‪ (٢٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٤٢‬‬
‫)ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٦‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﺹ )‪:(٣٥٧‬‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﺄﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٧‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪:(١٣١ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ (....‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٨‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻧﺨﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺹ )‪ (٣٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪:‬‬
‫])ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ( ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪) ...‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ( ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ )ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﺢ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬

‫)‪(١٤٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ )ﻓﻜﻠﻪ( ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ )ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ( ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻮﻻ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻇﻨﻴﺎ )ﻹﻓﺎﺩﺗﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻣﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ([ ﺍ ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺒﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪] ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺹ )‪ (٢٦ - ٢٥‬ﻃﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ ‪ ١٤٠١‬ﻩ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٩‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ )‪ (٨٤‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ )‪ ٤٢٩‬ﻩ( ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﺹ )‪ (١٢‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺻﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٠‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ( ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ( )‪ (١٣٣ / ٢‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻪ؟!( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ )‪.(٨٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪.(٣٤٥ / ١٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٥‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻏﻮﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﻧﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻔﻘﻬﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺬﺭﻭﻥ( * ﻓﻼ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻠﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﺮﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻓﺮﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺿﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ * )ﻟﻴﻨﺬﺭﻭﺍ( *‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٢٩٤ / ٨‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ -‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﻧﻔﺮ( * ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻔﺶ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻬﻼ ﻧﻔﺮ‪) * .‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ( * ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻧﻌﺬﺏ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ( * ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻘﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻟﻴﺘﻔﻘﻬﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ( * ﻓﺠﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻫﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻀﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺆﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؟!‬

‫)‪(١٤٤‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﺸﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪(١٤٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺳﻨﺪﻫﺎ!! ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻜﺎﺩ ﻧﺤﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻣﺜﻼ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٢١٤٨ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪(٢٧٨٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ )ﺛﻢ ﻳﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﻟﻪ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺹ )‪.(٨٦) (١٣٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (١٥٧ / ٢‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ )ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ(!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ )ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﺼﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﺍ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ )ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٤٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،١٠٠ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻧﺒﺌﻚ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺒﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،٧٨ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺄﺧﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺘﺒﻴﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،٦ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻨﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪) * ،٢١ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪) * ،١٠١ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪،٤٤‬‬
‫* )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .٥٩ :‬ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٤٧‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ( )ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺹ ‪:(١٥‬‬
‫)ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ( )‪:(٣١‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ...:‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ( *‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻠﻨﻮﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ( * ﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬
‫)‪:(٤٣٢ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺃﻓﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٢٢٥ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٤٨‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪.(٨٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺿﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻠﺔ!! ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ!! ﻓﺨﺪﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺺ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﻋﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻼﻝ ﻭﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻭﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﻓﺘﺶ ﻭﺑﺤﺚ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭﻧﻘﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ (.‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ )‪ (٨٨‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٧‬ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﻏﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ!!‬
‫)‪ (٨٨‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺿﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻣﺸﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻼﻏﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﺊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٤٩‬‬
‫* )ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ٦٧ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﻴﻨﺎﻛﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪١٤ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻧﺴﻴﺎ( * ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.٦٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻻ ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﺠﻠﻮﺳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺒﺼﺮﻧﺎ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﻂ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻂ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ؟!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ!! ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺃﻭﻻ!! ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻚ )ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺠﻼﻟﻪ( ﻋﻘﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺏ )ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ( ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﻘﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﻟﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٨٩‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ!!‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺒﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﻤﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ!! ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻼ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻔﻮﺽ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﺤﺪﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٨٩‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺹ )‪ ٢٩٨‬ﻭ ‪ (٤٧٠‬ﻭ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪.(٤٠ / ٦‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﻭ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺄﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﺼﺮ ﻻ ﻛﺒﺼﺮﻧﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٩٩٠ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٥٦٩‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻋﻮﺩﻙ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﺗﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺮﺿﻨﺎ؟!! ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ؟!!‬
‫ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ‬

‫)‪(١٥١‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ(‬
‫)‪:(١٢٦ / ١٦‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻲ‪ (.....‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ )‪ (٢١٦ / ١١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٩٥ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٣٣ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( )‪ (٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(٩٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ( ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ( ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٠‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ( ﺹ )‪ ٢٠١‬ﻭ ‪،(٥١٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( )‪ (٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٧٣ / ١١‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻳﻌﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻨﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺗﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺸﺮﺍﺣﺎ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( )‪ (٩١‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ( * ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،٤٢ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ( ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪ (٤٢٨ / ١٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (٣٨ / ٢٨‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ )‪ ((٩٢‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪.(١٦٩ / ١‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٢‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ( )‪) :(٢٥٢ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (٣٩٤ / ٦‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ( ﻷﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ )ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻬﻢ )ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ( ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻠﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺮﻓﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺯﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ )ﻣﻤﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( ﺃﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻔﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ( )‪ ٣١٢ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ( ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﻓﺸﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺮﺍﻕ ﺹ )‪ (٢٥ - ٢٤‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( )ﺹ ‪ :(٤٣٧‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺻﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺃ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ(‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺸﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺠﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺻﺮﺍﺡ[ ﺍ ﻩ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ(‬
‫)‪ (١١١ / ٥‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﺣﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﻬﺪﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‪) :‬ﺛﻘﺔ ﺻﺪﻭﻕ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪) :‬ﺻﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ(‬
‫)‪ .(١٦١ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪ ١٢٥ / ٥‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ( ﻭ‬
‫)‪ ١١٠ / ٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻳﺔ(‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﺣﺎ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻘﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫)‪ ،(١٤٩ / ٩‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺹ )‪ (٣٣ - ٣٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺻﺤﺢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ!! ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺪﻟﺲ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﻀﺐ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ )ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ( ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻒ؟! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻱ‬
‫)ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ( ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﺣﺎ؟!‬
‫ﺃﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ؟! ﺃﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ؟!! ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺰﺍﻟﻬﺎ * ﻛﻼﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﻠﺲ‬

‫)‪(١٥٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪) ،٤٧ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻮﺓ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ )‪ ،(٢٧ / ٧‬ﻭﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺃﻳﺪ( ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻳﺪﻱ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﺪﻱ( ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ )ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ( )‪ .(٤١٨ - ٤١٧ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٥‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﺪ ﻳﺒﻄﺸﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ .٧ :‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﻳﺪ( ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ( ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻳﺪ( * ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻞ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﺍﺏ( * ﺹ‪ .١٧ :‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (٧ / ٢٧‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺃﻳﺪ( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻧﻨﺴﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ( * ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ )ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ / ٥‬ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫‪/٨‬‬
‫ﺹ ‪ (٢٠١‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‪) :‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻧﻨﺴﺎﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺩﺣﺎ ﻭﻏﻠﻂ ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﻻﺋﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻭﺿﻠﻠﻬﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻏﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻼﻝ ﻭﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺁﺭﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ!! ﻓﻨﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‬

‫)‪(١٥٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﻯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﻯ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺟﻮﺯﻭﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﻙ؟!‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ( )‪ (٣٢٧ / ١٠‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺗﺄﻭﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺑﻚ( * ﺃﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ( )‪.(٣٢٧ / ١٠‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ( )‪ (٩٣‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ( )‪:(٣٢٧ / ١٠‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٣‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫)ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺒﻮﺭ( ﻭﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٧‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٥٧٨ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻤﻮﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻷﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ‪:-‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺹ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪ (...‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ‪ :-‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ )‪ (٩٤‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﺗﺠﺊ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪(...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٤‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺯﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪.(٢٨‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٨‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٤٧٠‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺹ )‪:(٢٩٨‬‬
‫)ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪.(٤٠ / ٦‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ (١٢٢‬ﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٥٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻱ ‪ -‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٤٤٦ / ١٠‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ‪) :‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ ٢٢١‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٥٩‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻫﺸﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ( * ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺤﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻘﻠﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ!!‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻃﺄﺓ ﻭﻃﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻮﺝ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﺰﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻏﺰﺍﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ‪) .‬ﻭﻭﺝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫)‪ (٢٤١ / ٢٤‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﺕ )‪ ٣١٠‬ﻩ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ( )‪ (١٩٢ / ١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺑﺰﻋﻤﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ(‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻭﺍﻝ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٠‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻀﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪ (١٣٦ / ٦‬ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﺴﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (٣٥٤‬ﻩ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٥٠٢ / ١‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ‪ (-‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﺴﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻤﺘﻠﺊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﺒﻲ ﺣﺴﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪) * :‬ﻟﻬﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ( * ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺻﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻞ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦١‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ )‪ (١٤٣ / ٧‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (١٠٥ / ٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ :‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺑﻜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﻤﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٣٧ / ٦‬ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ (٦٩٢ / ٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻓﻴﻌﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻌﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪(١٦٠ / ٥‬‬
‫‪ - ١٦‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ )‪ (٢٧٤ / ٧‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ( * ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺻﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ‬
‫)ﻫﻮ( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ( * ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ ﺻﺮﻓﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٧‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻐﺮ( ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺔ )ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻗﻴﺔ( ﺹ )‪ (٢١‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺣﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻯ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ( ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺤﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻐﺮ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺹ )‪:(٧٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻌﻴﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﺨﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻌﺬﺍﺑﻬﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ؟!!‬
‫‪ - ١٨‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺑﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻘﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﺈﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ( ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺭﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ( ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺹ )‪ (٦٢‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻳﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ( *‪) * ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ( *‪) * ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺾ( *‪) * ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﻂ( *‪،‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ( *‪) * ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﺫﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺃﻭﻝ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻇﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪) :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (٩٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﺹ )‪،(٨٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ( )‪ (١٨٢ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٥‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻓﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ( ﻃﺎﻏﻮﺗﺎ!!‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﺪﻟﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻭﺟﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻮﻗﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ )ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺤﺎﻑ( ﺹ )‪ (٣١‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ )ﺃﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻭﻃﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺟﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ!! ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﺹ )‪) :(٨٥‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮﻫﺎ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﻐﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ(؟!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺗﻀﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ؟! ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (١٠٦‬ﻫﺠﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫)ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ [(٤٤٦ / ٩‬ﻭﻧﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻠﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪) :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﺮﻓﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺿﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺓ!!‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﻷﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ!! ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻂ ﻣﻀﻠﻞ!! ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ * )ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ( *!! ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺤﻴﺺ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺪﻋﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻄﺄﻩ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ!! ﻭﻓﺪ ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺹ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻻ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺄﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻫﻮﺍﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ( *‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ )‪ (٢١٦ / ١١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (١٩٥ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫)‪(٣٣ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(٩٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٦‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ( )ﺹ ‪ (٣٩١‬ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺫﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﻠﺖ ﻷﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ )ﻛﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﻛﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ! ﻓﻜﺬﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ[ ﻓﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻮﺿﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪:(٦٩٢ / ٤‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻛﻴﻊ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﻩ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ( ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ )ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻢ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻓﻼ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﻀﻪ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ( ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٤٠٧ / ١٣‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎ * ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﺽ ﻭﺭﻡ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﺪﺑﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٦٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (١٠٥ / ٨‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻮﻡ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )ﻭﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٧ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪ (٣٩٠ / ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻔﻮﺿﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٣٨٣ / ١٣‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻻﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٣٨٣ / ١٣‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬

‫)‪(١٦٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺤﻴﺺ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻮﺿﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ( )‪ (١١٨ / ١‬ﺑﻬﺎﻣﺶ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ( ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ( )‪ !!(٩٧‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻦ )ﺳﻨﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؟! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ؟!! ﻛﻼ ﻭﺑﻼ!!‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺹ )‪ ٢١٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٧‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺪﻟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺿﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﺤﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﻪ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( * ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻀﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ!!‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻪ!! ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻳﻄﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ!! ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻮﺿﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ]ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ‬
‫)‪:[(٢٧٥ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ )‪ :(٩٨‬ﻫﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻨﺘﻪ( )ﺹ ‪ - (٢٣٢‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ‪:-‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٩٩‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻀﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٨‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﻴﺨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻄﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺒﺸﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٩٩‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺍﻧﻲ ‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺹ )‪ (٢٢٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ )ﺟﻬﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ( ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺹ )‪ (٢٣٢‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪:(٨‬‬
‫)ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻇﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ!!‬

‫)‪(١٧١‬‬
‫)ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺍ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )‪ ،(١٠٠‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻤﻲ ﻳﻬﺠﺮ ﻭﻧﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.(....‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٠‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ!! ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺹ )‪:(٢٤٤‬‬
‫)ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺬﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻀﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺍ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺋﺦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ‪.(..‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻤﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪) :(١٩‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ(!! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺟﻬﻤﻴﺔ؟! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻌﺎ ﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺹ )‪:(٢٣٧‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻖ(‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺟﻬﻤﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺹ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺹ )‪ - (٢٣٤‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ‪:-‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻬﻤﻲ ﺧﺒﻴﺚ(!!‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ؟ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺤﺎﻑ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٦‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ )ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ( ﺹ )‪:(٢٠‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪!!(..‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﻌﺎﺩ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ(‬
‫)‪ (٣٩ / ٤‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ!!‬

‫)‪(١٧٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻏﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺤﺤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻼ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ )‪ ،(١٠١‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺆﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠١‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﺨﺬﻭﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻬﻮﺍ( * ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺆﺗﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻞ ﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻳﻜﺘﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ )ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ( ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ ،(٦ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ )‪ (١٤٤ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫)‪ ١٣١ / ٤‬ﻭ ‪ (١٣٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٣٧ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (١٨٩ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ ٢٧٥ / ٢٠‬ﻭ ‪(٢٨٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٠٩ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪ ٧٦ / ٧‬ﻭ ‪ (٣٣١ / ٩‬ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ(‬
‫)‪ (٥٤٩ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٧٣‬‬
‫]ﺃﻭﻻ[‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪١١٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺘﺒﻴﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪ ،٥٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﺭﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻄﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪.٤٨ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ )‪ (١٠٢‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٢‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺰﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ(‬
‫)‪) :(١٣١ / ١‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪ .(..‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﺮ‪) :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ( ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(١٧٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ * ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ .٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ * ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ * ﺛﻢ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻴﻦ * ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺔ‪.٤٧ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١١٩ / ٣٠‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻴﺾ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺑﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻻ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻫﺪﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺴﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٦٦ / ٢٩‬‬
‫]ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪) ...:‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ( ﻣﺤﻤﺪ )ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ )ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ )‪ ،(١٠٣‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﺟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﻓﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٣‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٧٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ (١٠٤‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻻ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ( ﺹ )‪ (١٣٢‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ .....:‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ[‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭﻛﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﺸﺎﺭﻛﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭﻛﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﺸﺎﺭﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻌﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(١٠٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻛﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺹ )‪.(٤٥ - ٢٧‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٥‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪ ٣٦٩ / ٢‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٧٣٢‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺸﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ( )‪ (٢٦٤ / ١‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ ،(٤٣٨ / ٧‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( )‪ ،(٣٤٤ / ١٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( )‪ ،(٣٨٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ ٤٩٧ / ٣‬ﻭ ‪ ،(٤٢٥ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ ،(٢٦٤ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ (١٠٥ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ( )‪) :(١٥٠ / ١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٧٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﻠﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( )‪ (٣٤٧ / ١٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﻮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﻌﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻛﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﺣﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﻪ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ (٣٨ / ١٨‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻴﻴﻦ )‪ (١٩٢ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ(‬
‫)‪) :(١٧٠ / ١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ ١٧٢ / ٢‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.(٢١٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫‪.[!!٤٥٨ / ٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﺳﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻪ!! ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺛﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺹ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﻪ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(١٧٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻧﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ..‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺘﺮﺗﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( )‪ (١٧٨٣ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٦٦٣ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺘﻲ( ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ( ﺹ‬
‫)‪ (٢٨٩‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ!! ﻭﻟﻴﻀﻌﻮﺍ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀﻭﺍ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻜﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ!! ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﻼﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻔﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻓﻴﺘﻪ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﻧﺴﻴﺎ( *(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ (٧٨ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ )‪ (١٣٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪(٣٧٥ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫)‪ (١٢ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (١٤٦٨ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٧٨‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﻉ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻛﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ )‪!!(١٠٦‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ( )‪ (٣٩١ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺩﻭﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ )ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺳﺮ( ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٦‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻗﻴﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺤﻔﻈﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻼﻭﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ!! ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ )ﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻗﻔﺎﻟﻬﺎ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻬﺠﻮﺭﺍ( *!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻨﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﺤﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ!! ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ!!‬

‫)‪(١٧٩‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﻱ ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١١١٨ / ٢‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﺯﺭﺓ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( * ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٥٢ - ١٥١ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٦٤٢ - ٦٣٨ / ٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‪ * (...‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٥٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪.(٢٨٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺮ( )‪:(٢٨٢ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪) (٢١٤٩ / ٤‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ‪ (...‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ( )‪ (٢٣٠ / ٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ٥٤ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪) .....‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ‪ (....‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ!! ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺹ‬
‫)‪- ٥٠‬‬
‫‪.[(٥١‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ( ﺹ )‪ (١١٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ (....‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪:(١٤٣‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻸﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫)‪(١٨١‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ( )‪:(٩٩ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﻟﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺩ‪ (....‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ )‪ (١٠٣ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺜﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻮﺀﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ )ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪ ١٠ / ٢‬ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺑﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ * ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﺪﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ( )‪) :(٣٤٢ / ٤‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻤﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺨﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺹ )( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻧﺠﺘﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻇﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻱ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١١٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٣٨٦ / ٥‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ( * ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ(‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺹ )‪ (١١٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻼﻥ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﻗﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ(‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ )‪ (١٥٤‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻐﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ )‪ ...(١٠٧‬ﻭﺣﺠﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﺍ( * ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ....‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٧‬ﻭﺗﺪﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻻ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٤‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ( ﺹ )‪ (١٦٧‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺑﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ( ﺹ )‪ (١٩٠ - ١٨٠‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (١١٦ / ١‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻳﻪ )‪ (١٠٨‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ )‪ (١٠٩‬ﺛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ )‪ (١١٠‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ )‪ (١١١‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﻲ )‪ ...(١١٢‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻭﺱ )‪ (١١٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ )‪ (١١٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (١٢٠ / ١‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٨‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ )‪ (٤١٩ / ١٥‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٠٩‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ )‪ (١١٦ / ١٢‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ )‪ (٣٠٣ / ١٢‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺛﻘﺔ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١١‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٢‬ﺛﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻘﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺒﻲ )‪ (٢١٣ / ٩٥ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٣‬ﺛﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٤‬ﺛﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٥‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺼﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻘﺮﺍ ﻟﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ‪:-‬‬
‫)ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ )‪:(١٤١ / ٣‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ( ﺣﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ‪ ...‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺻﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﺍﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪) :‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ )‪ (١٧٨ / ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻬﻲ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻧﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺷﺎﻭﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻤﻀﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٧٩ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎﻩ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ )‪) :(١٧٨ - ١٧٧ / ١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﻮﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ )‪ - (٢٧٨ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ‪:-‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺣﺎﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﺄﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪٣١٥ / ٣‬‬
‫‪ (٢٢٥ / ٤ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻛﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻮﻧﻬﻢ‪ ...‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﺤﺒﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ (..‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )‪:(٤٠٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )‪:(٤٧٥‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻠﺰﻭﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻴﺮﺗﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ( ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺮﻉ(‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺩ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ( )‪ (٣٠ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ(‬
‫ﺹ )‪ ٢٣١‬ﻭ ‪ (٢٣٣‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﺔ( )‪.(١٠٥ / ٩‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ( )‪:(٣٤٢ / ٤‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ( )‪:(١٣٢ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ....‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ‪(...‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﺑﺪﺍﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(١٨٨‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ )‪:(٤٧٥‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ(‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺮﻉ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ )ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٤٥٧‬ﻩ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ( ﺹ )‪:(١٦٧‬‬
‫]ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٨٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻳﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ )‪ ،(١١٥‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﻒ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻏﺮﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﻗﻞ ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﻭﺣﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻖ ﻛﺂﺩﻡ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻭﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﻫﻮﺩ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﻊ ﻭﻟﻮﻁ ﻭﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻭﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻞ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ( ﺹ )‪:(٣٢٣‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺩ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺡ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٠٩‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ!! ﻳﺮﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺎﻧﻲ )ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﻹﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺤﺎﻑ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ( ﺹ )‪.(١٣‬‬

‫)‪(١٩٠‬‬
‫]ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﻛﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻠﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ )‪:(٣٣٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﺮﺍﺿﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﺎﻧﻌﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻓﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﻧﻌﺎ ﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺒﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻼﻗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺹ )‪:(٣٣٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺸﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻟﻌﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(١٩١‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺸﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻟﻶﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ )‪ (١١٦‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺊ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٦‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ!!‬

‫)‪(١٩٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ( )‪ (١١٧‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺹ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ )‪.(١١٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ( )‪:(١٨٣ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ( )‪ (١١٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٨‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻮﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ( )‪) :(١٣٥ / ٤‬ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻛﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺛﺘﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ!! ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ )ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ(!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﺹ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ ١٨٧٣ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٤٠٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٩٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻻﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﺔ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )‪ ،(١١٩‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ )‪ (١٢٠‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪.(..‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ[‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺼﺮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٩‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ( )‪.(٣٢٨ / ١‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٠‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﻞ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﻐﺰﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺫﺑﻴﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺫﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺨﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻣﺘﻪ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٩٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ )‪) :(٤٩٧ / ١‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ )( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪) :(٢١ / ١٠‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻨﺎ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ(‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(١٩٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻤﺘﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻋﻘﻞ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ )‪ - (١٢١‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﻦ * ﻓﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ * ﻟﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ * ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ ....‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﺤﻮ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢١‬ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(١٩٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻌﻖ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﺻﻢ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺴﺎﻙ ﻛﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻋﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﻘﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻦ ﻣﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻗﻞ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﻘﻼﻥ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﻴﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻏﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﻩ ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪) * ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ‪:(٨٨ / ١‬‬
‫]‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺰﺓ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺨﻠﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺧﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩﻳﺔ! ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺰﺓ ﻭﻟﻮﻻﻩ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫)‪(١٩٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺐ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺩﻧﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ؟ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﻀﺊ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺴﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ( * ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﻃﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻬﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻔﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ ﻭﻋﺶ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻣﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻣﺠﺰﻯ ﺑﻪ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺤﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻉ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ )‪ (٤٩‬ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺨﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ )ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‪) :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ ،٤ :‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،١٢ :‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪.(٢٤‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٩٧‬‬
‫* )ﺻﻢ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.١٧١ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻵﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.١٧٠ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻘﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٧٥ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻣﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ٦٣ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪) * :‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺇﻥ ﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.٢٢ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.١٠٠ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪.٤٦ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻡ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻻﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺿﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻼ( * ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.٤٤ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪.١٤ :‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١٩٨‬‬
‫* )ﺃﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٤٤ :‬ﻭ ‪ ،٧٦‬ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٦٥ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪،٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،١٦٩ :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺮ( * ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.١٠ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺗﺸﺒﺜﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻕ ﻷﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻬﻤﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻞ ﻭﻳﺤﻀﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ٤٩ = ٧ + ٧‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٠٥ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٨٧ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﻜﻦ( ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬

‫)‪(١٩٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻜﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻘﻼ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (١٣٢٣ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎﻋﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻤﻲ ﺃﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻧﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺯﻧﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻬﺮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻩ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻧﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﻓﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ( ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮﻭﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﻘﻠﻪ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ )ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ )ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ( )‪.(١٢٢‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٠٠ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ )‪ (٣٨٨ / ٩‬ﻭ )‪ (١٢٠ / ١٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (١٥٦ / ٦‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (١٤٠ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٣٢ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ )‪ (١٠٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (١٧٨ / ١‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ (٦٨ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ )‪ (١٧١ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٢١٢ / ٢‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‬
‫)‪ (١٣٩ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻰ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ١٤٨‬ﻭ ‪ (٨٠٨‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٦٥٨ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٥٩ / ٢‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (٥٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫]ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ[ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ )ﻛﻨﺖ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ( )ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (٣٤١ / ١١‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻔﻘﺪﻩ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺇﻥ ﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻛﻢ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ * )ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﺫﻡ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﺎﺳﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺻﻢ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩ * )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ( * ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻈﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺸﺊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺪﻝ‬

‫)‪(٢٠١‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻛﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺗﻈﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺘﻀﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭﻻ(‪ :‬ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٨ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ( ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٦٠٨ / ٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺘﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪) :‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﻒ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ!! ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻬﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺃﺕ * )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ( * * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ( *(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ(‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ!! ﻻ!! ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ[‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( )‪ ٢١٤٩ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٧٨٩‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ‬

‫)‪(٢٠٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺚ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺲ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ( *‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٥٣ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻫﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ( ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻳﻌﻢ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻴﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﺃﺋﻨﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺠﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻧﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫)‪(٢٠٣‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.١٠ - ٩ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻃﻌﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ ٩٩ / ١‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ( )‪(٤١٤ - ٤١٣ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ!! ﻧﻘﻞ ﻃﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻩ( )‪(٢٣٦ / ١٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ( )‪:(١٣٢ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ....‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻼ‪.(....‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٠٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺫﺍ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺱ ﺣﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺤﺪﺛﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﻄﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ )ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ( ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺭﻏﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ!!‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻓﺄﺑﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﺠﺴﺎﻧﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٤٦ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٤٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ‬

‫)‪(٢٠٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺮﻓﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻮﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ!! ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٠٤٩ / ٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺴﻠﻢ(!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻀﺢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ!! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ( ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻦ ﺃﻣﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺌﺪﺓ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،٧٨ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻐﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﺃﺑﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﺠﻌﻼﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺴﻠﻢ( ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ( ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٢٠٦‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ( *!!‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻄﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻙ ﺿﺎﻻ ﻓﻬﺪﻯ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻙ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﺪﺍﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( *‬
‫* )ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ( *!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ!!‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﻓﻄﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻃﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ!!( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ * )ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺃﺫﺍﻋﻮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺘﻬﻮﻳﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺼﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﻏﻮﺍﺋﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻏﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ * )ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ )ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺪﻟﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ‪٣٨٩ / ٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ!! ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﺰﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﺷﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٠٧‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﺪﻡ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ!! ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ؟! ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺑﻪ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻓﺒﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻔﺮ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻫﺪﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪٥٠ - ٤٩ .‬؟!!‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ )‪(١٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﻘﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻩ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ!!!‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻬﺎﻓﺖ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!! ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ! ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻄﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻧﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ؟!! ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺰﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٣‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﺸﺄﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ!! ﺑﻼ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ؟!! ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻗﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٠٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ؟!!!‬
‫ﺯﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺜﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻼﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻏﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﻘﻨﻮﻫﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ!!‬
‫ﻓﻠﻌﻞ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﻏﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ!! ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ!! ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻷﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٠٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ‪ ::‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ )ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ( ﺹ )‪ ٢٦٠‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ (٧١٤‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ!! ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﺢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٤٠٤٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤٧٣ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ )ﻳﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺤﻮﺍ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﻦ( )‪ (٢٦٤ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٠‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﻧﻲ )ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ( ]ﺍﻧﻈﺮ )ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ( )‪ (٤٢٤ / ١‬ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﺹ )‪.[(٢٩٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﻧﻲ( ﺹ )‪ (٥٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (١١٩ / ١٩‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﺪ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺌﻞ ﺟﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻛﺈﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺠﺒﻨﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﺫﻫﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﺒﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺜﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺠﺮﺍﻧﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺷﺎﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﻳﻄﺎﻋﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺩﻻﺀ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢١١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻠﻘﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺊ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺹ[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﺑﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ!!‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺆﻻﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ * )ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ( * ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( * ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٢١٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ٥٩ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺭﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٠٤ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ )ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.(..‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!!‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻒ!! ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻫﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ!! ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻩ( )‪ (١٢٤‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻒ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪) :(١١١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺄﻓﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ(!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٣٠ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ١٥٢ / ٥‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٨٦٩‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ( )‪) :(٣٣٥ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ( ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪(٦ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺠﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻩ )‪!!(١٢٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺗﻤﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺮﻭﺟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﻄﺌﺔ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ!! ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ!! ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﻇﻬﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻘﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻭﻩ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻤﻮﻫﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ )ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٥‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﺨﺎﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ )ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ( ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻱ!! ﻭﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ!! ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻜﺎﻑ( ﺹ )‪ ٣٥‬ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٤٠٧‬ﻩ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪) :‬ﺯﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ( ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ(!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ!! ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!‬

‫)‪(٢١٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ(!!‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺄﻓﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ )‪ .(١٢٦‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻒ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﻒ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺤﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﻧﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ!! ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ!! ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ؟! ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻴﺔ!! ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﻴﺔ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺏ )ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺤﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺫﺍ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ( ﺹ )‪ (١٠٦‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻌﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٦‬ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪.(١١١‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٦‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻔﻈﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ )‪.(١٢٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺒﻬﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺟﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﺟﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪) :(٨٠ / ١٢‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺣﺮﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻗﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪:(٥٧٢ / ١٢‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﻼﺏ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺛﻮﺭ ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٧‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﻈﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٧‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺄﻱ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ؟! ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﺭﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻧﺘﻤﺴﻚ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻛﻼﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺹ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻮﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ( * ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ( * ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪(١٩٣ - ١٩٢ / ٢٠ / ١٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ ،(٤٢٥ / ١٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻓﺘﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪ ،(٣٩٤ / ١‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ( )‪:(١٤ / ٥‬‬
‫)ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻫﻞ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ؟! ﺃﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭ؟ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺨﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪:(٥٣٨ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ!!!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٤٣٤ / ٩‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻡ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪) :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻮﺛﻘﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻼ ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ( )‪ (١٧٥ / ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ )‪ (١٧١‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻴﺄﺳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﻓﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻟﻘﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻈﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫)‪(٢٢٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪،...................‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻛﺄﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ‪ (............‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻛﺄﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻲ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﻞ ﺳﻴﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ( )‪.(١٧٢ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﺹ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ - ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪ :-‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻑ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺃﺻﻼ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ(‬
‫)‪ ،(١٠٦ / ٦‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ(‬
‫)‪ (٣١٨ / ٩‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺠﻼﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٢٨٠ / ٧‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٧ / ٣٤٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﺘﺨﺬ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺃﻳﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﻭﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ( )‪) :(٥٢ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ( )‪ (٢٧ / ٣‬ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺧﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ )ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ( )‪) :(١٥ / ٣‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫)‪ (١١٣ / ٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻞ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺬﺓ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ( ﺹ )‪ (١٤‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻮ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻤﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪) :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ( ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ( )‪ ،(٥١ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (١٠٧ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﻮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪ (٤٧ / ٥‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺬﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻭﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ( )‪:(١٩١ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺸﻴﻊ ﺗﺸﻴﻌﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺺ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (١٥٥ / ٣‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ )‪) :(١٢٨‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻣﻨﻚ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٨‬ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺒﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻬﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻬﻤﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ ٧١ / ٧‬ﻭ ‪ ٧٧‬ﻭ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ٥٦٣ / ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٦٥٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٦٦٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺹ )‪ (٤٣٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ )‪٥٥٢ / ٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ ٦٥ / ٣‬ﻭ ‪ (٦٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٢٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺑﻴﻚ ﺹ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﻚ( )‪.(١٢٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﻀﻼ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ(‪] .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ‪.[٢٩٤ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٢٤١ / ٧‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺜﻠﺚ ﺑﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ،(١٣٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨﺖ ﺁﺭﺍﺅﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻓﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٢٩‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ( )‪ (٢٥٦ - ٢٤٣ / ٢‬ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺃﺑﻄﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪ (٤١٤ / ٦‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ )‪(١٣١‬؟!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪] (١٣١‬ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ( ﺃﻭ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻭﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﻮﻩ!! ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ!! ﻳﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻜﺎﻑ( ﺹ )‪] (٣٥‬ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٤٠٧‬ﻩ[‪) :‬ﺯﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻧﺺ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻼﻋﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻙ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟!!‬

‫)‪(٢٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) * :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺂﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻓﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﺿﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﺻﻔﺔ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺿﺤﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻇﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺼﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻈﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ( ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ )‪ (٢٥٠ / ١‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ * )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺷﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ‪) :‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﻴﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ([ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﺱ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﺑﻌﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻴﻦ!! ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻠﺘﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻨﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!! ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﺎ‬

‫)‪(٢٢٧‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻬﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ( * ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٢٨٠‬ﻩ( )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺴﻲ ﺹ )‪ (٢٠‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﻭﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ!!!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻫﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺄﺧﻄﺄ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ!! ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺫ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭ * )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ( *!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻫﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫* )ﻗﻞ ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﺎﺗﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ * )ﺃﻓﺘﻄﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻘﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٧٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺨﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٩١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (٣٨٧ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﻓﺮﺁﻩ( )‪ (١٣٢‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻣﺘﻬﻮﻛﻮﻥ )‪ (١٣٣‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺌﺘﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺄﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻓﻴﺨﺒﺮﻭﻛﻢ ﺑﺤﻖ ﻓﺘﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺒﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺼﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻨﻲ( )‪.(١٣٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٩١ / ٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺹ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺐ؟! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ )ﻓﻘﺮﺃﻩ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺤﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ )ﻓﺮﺁﻩ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ )ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ( ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻮﻙ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٤‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪:(٥٢٥ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ( )‪(١٨٢ / ١‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪) :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﻲ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٢٩‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ * )ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ( * ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻬﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺀﻟﺘﻬﻢ؟ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﻂ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ( ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻐﺎﻟﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺹ )‪:(٧٦‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺳﻨﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﻬﺎ(‪(...‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ!!!‬

‫)‪(٢٣٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٢٣١‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٢٣٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻨﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺻﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ * ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻓﻖ * ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺋﺐ * ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻌﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ( * ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،٨ :‬ﻭﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫)‪(٢٣٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﺍ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻔﺮﻩ * ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ * ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﺭﻩ * ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺮﻩ * ﺛﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺄﻗﺒﺮﻩ * ﺛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺸﺮﻩ * ﻛﻼ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ * ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ * ﺃﻧﺎ ﺻﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺻﺒﺎ * ﺛﻢ ﺷﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺷﻘﺎ * ﻓﺄﻧﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺒﺎ * ﻭﻋﻨﺒﺎ ﻭﻗﻀﺒﺎ * ﻭﺯﻳﺘﻮﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﺨﻼ * ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻏﻠﺒﺎ * ﻭﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﺎ * ﻣﺘﺎﻋﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻷﻧﻌﺎﻣﻜﻢ( * ﻋﺒﺲ‪.٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ * ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻌﺖ * ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ * ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﺖ( * ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺷﻴﺔ‪.٢٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺝ * ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺪﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺳﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺑﻬﻴﺞ *‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺐ( * ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻕ‪.٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )‪ (١٣٥‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﺘﻔﻜﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺤﻨﺜﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺄﻣﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺒﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻧﻌﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻭﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )‪:(١٣٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٥‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٢ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٦‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‪) :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪ (٤٦ / ١‬ﻭ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ )‪.(١٤٨ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٢٣٦‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﺠﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻬﻠﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺟﻢ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺮ ﻫﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺐ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻣﻠﻤﻮﺱ! ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺠﺤﺪﻩ!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺣﺰﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺷﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،١٨٩ :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ * ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻘﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺪ * ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ * ﺃﺑﺼﺮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ * ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ * ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺟﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻓﺼﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ * ﻋﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻋﻨﺖ ﻟﻘﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﻙ * ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻙ * ﻭﺳﺒﺤﺖ ﺑﺤﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻙ‬

‫)‪(٢٣٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(١٣٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻴﻞ‪) :‬ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( )‪ ،(١٣٨‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻴﻖ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺶ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺿﻌﻔﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻳﺪ ﻭﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﻀﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻇﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻄﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﻻ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ! ﻟﻈﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻈﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٧‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٨٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪) :(٢٨٣ / ١٣‬ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻴﺪ( ﻭﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٣٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻏﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺱ ‪ -‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺬﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻚ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻷﻧﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻲ ﺃﻧﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻲ؟ ﺃﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻨﺎ )‪ (١٣٩‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ؟ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻲ ﻭﻣﺼﻮﺭﻱ؟ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻇﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﻴﻨﻜﺮﻭﻧﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺃﺩﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)‪) (٢‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﺋﻊ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺎﺫ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ )ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﻋﺠﺒﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ * ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ * ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٣٩‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٣٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺷﺊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻃﻘﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻧﻔﺴﻚ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻤﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻌﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻄﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ؟ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﺃﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،٢١ :‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻔﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺄﻗﺒﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺸﺮﻩ( * ﻋﺒﺲ‪ ،١٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻘﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،٢٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻳﻤﻨﻰ ﺛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﺴﻮﻯ( * ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،٣٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻠﻘﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻼﺕ‪ ،٢٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫* )ﺃﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺼﻴﻢ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( * ﻳﺲ‪ ،٧٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ * )ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺃﻣﺸﺎﺝ( * ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،٢ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻀﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﺔ ﻋﻈﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺨﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﺔ ﻓﺨﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﺔ ﻋﻈﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻜﺴﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﺤﻤﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪.١٢ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻴﻀﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺴﺪﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻨﺖ ‪ -‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺜﻰ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻠﺐ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ؟‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻭﺳﻘﺎﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺾ ﻭﻏﺬﺍﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭﻛﺒﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻘﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﻐﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ؟ ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﻣﻞ؟ ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺭﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ! ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﻘﻀﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺳﺨﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻨﻪ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﺠﻮﻑ ﻭﻣﺼﻤﺖ ﻭﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺘﻘﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻈﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺄﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻟﺼﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﺯﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻏﺎﺋﺼﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢٤١‬‬
‫ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ‪ -‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻄﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺧﺮﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺐ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻌﺺ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ ﻭﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻭﻋﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻧﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﺘﺎ ﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺸﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺳﺨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﺣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺩﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺼﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺒﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻼﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٤٢‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻻﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻓﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﻀﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﺎ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻀﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺼﺐ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﻭﺃﻏﺸﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺣﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺟﻔﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻧﻘﺼﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻟﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻀﻮ ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻳﻄﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻠﻔﻜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮﺍﺱ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻗﺬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﻮﺍﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻈﻨﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﺃﺗﻘﻦ ﺻﻨﻌﺎ ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻤﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻄﺶ ﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺿﺤﺎﻫﺎ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﻗﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻛﻨﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺠﺰﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻧﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ! ﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻭﺣﺬﻗﻪ ﻭﺧﻔﺔ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻄﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻈﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﺄﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺟﺎﺋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ﻋﺮﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺼﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻤﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﺒﺪﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻵﻻﺕ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﺤﻮﺍﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻔﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺬﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻖ ﺃﺫﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻋﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻟﻴﺤﻔﻆ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻤﺎﺧﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺲ ﺑﺪﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺜﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻨﺨﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻋﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﻏﺬﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺘﻨﺸﻖ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻏﺬﺍﺀ ﻟﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻭﻳﺤﺎ ﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻤﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺮﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺾ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ﺻﻔﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻓﺘﺴﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻴﺄﻫﺎ ﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻴﺘﺴﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺳﺔ ﻭﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮ ﻭﺭﺧﺎﻭﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺪﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺒﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﻫﺪﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻭﺳﺨﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻀﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺤﺎﻝ ﻳﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﺣﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ ﺗﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺻﺒﻊ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻠﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺾ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺿﻤﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﻢ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺠﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻇﻔﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺤﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﺲ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻜﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺃﺿﻌﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺐ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺸﻒ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺁﻟﺘﻪ! ﻓﻬﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻼ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺲ ﺁﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻼﻗﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ ﻓﺴﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻪ )‪.(١٤٠‬‬
‫)ﻭﺳﺌﻞ( ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺕ ﻃﻌﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻳﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﺴﻢ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﺒﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻚ!! ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻚ( ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﺑﻘﻠﻌﺔ ﺣﺼﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻓﺮﺟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻻﺑﺮﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻌﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ!!‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﺳﺌﻞ( ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ * ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﺎﺕ * ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺮﺟﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ * ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ )‪.(٤‬‬

‫)‪(٢٤٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺃﺭﺷﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﺍ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼ ﻭﺑﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪) * :‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﺎ( * ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮﻥ * ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮﻥ * ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪.٥ - ٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻟﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١١٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(٢١٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻦ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٨‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﺤﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻤﻮﻩ؟( ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١١٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(٢٠٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻤﻮﻩ؟( ﺃﻱ ﻫﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺜﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﻛﺮﻫﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪:(١٥٤ / ٢‬‬
‫]ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻘﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻻ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ( ﺹ )‪ (٣٣٣‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬

‫)‪(٢٤٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )‪ (١٤١‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﺺ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻧﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ!! ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﻴﻚ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻲ( * ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺗﻌﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( * ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻬﺪﻳﻦ( * ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ * )ﺛﻢ ﻗﺒﻀﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻀﺎ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍ( * ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ * )ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ( * ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﺮﻛﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﺮﻛﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺴﺒﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،٧ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ *‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤١‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻖ ﻋﺼﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻒ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.٣١ - ٣٠ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ؟!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ؟!! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) * :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻨﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻋﻤﻬﻢ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ؟!!‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ( * ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ؟!! ﻭﺑﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ؟!!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ!! ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ )ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺳﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ ٢٠٨٤ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥١‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻚ ﺷﺊ ﺍﻗﺾ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻏﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٤٠٠‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ( * ﻓﻌﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍ * ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺠﺰﺋﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ * ﺣﺸﺮ ﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( )‪) :(٢١ / ٢‬ﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬

‫)‪(٢٥٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ )‪ (١٢٧٠ / ٢‬ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ( ﺹ )‪:(٢١‬‬
‫)ﻧﺪﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺎ ﻻﻓﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻻ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ (٢٨٦ / ٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ )ﺹ ‪) (١٦٧‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ( ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٥٦٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٦٢ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻳﺴﺐ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻘﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻓﺴﺒﻪ‬

‫)‪(٢٥٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﺒﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺑﺮ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ( ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪) :‬ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺪﺩﻩ ﻭﺃﺑﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ( ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺟﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺮﺍﻡ( * ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ‪ ٥٩٧‬ﻩ( ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪) :(١١٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ‪ ٤٥٨‬ﻩ( ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪- ١١‬‬
‫‪:(١٢‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻘﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ‪ ...،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ‪ -‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﺀﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﻱ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﺪﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺈﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﻭﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺸﺊ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻘﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻟﺸﺊ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻨﺎﺋﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ( * ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،٢٣ :‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺅﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ‪.٨ - ٧ :‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٦‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( )‪:(٢٣ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ )ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ( ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺿﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻏﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻓﻀﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ( ﺹ )‪ (١١٦‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬

‫)‪(٢٥٧‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ )ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ( ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺹ )‪(٣٢٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻏﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺧﻀﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٣٦‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺟﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻧﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺫ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻉ ﺃﺑﺪﻋﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺑﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫* )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( * ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺿﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺪﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﺎ( * ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺛﻼ؟! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ )‪ ،(١٤٢‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻟﻔﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻳﻈﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺁﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻪ ﺃﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻪ )‪ (١٤٣‬ﺗﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﺣﻤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺧﻠﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﻩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻪ ﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٢‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٣‬ﻳﻘﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٥٩‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻘﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻻ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﻣﺪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﻢ )‪ (١٤٤‬ﺑﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻮﻩ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺛﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻰ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻫﻮ ﻓﺎﻟﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻳﻦ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺎﻗﻠﻪ )‪ (١٤٥‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻗﻞ )‪ ،(١٤٦‬ﻭﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٤‬ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٥‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺎﻗﻠﻪ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٦‬ﺗﻮﻗﻞ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٠‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *؟!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ( * ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﻉ ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﺑﺪﺍﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻴﻦ( * ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺒﺮﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺟﺎﺯﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺯﻫﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻤﻰ ﻳﻤﺪﺡ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﻧﺖ ﺗﻔﺮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ * ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻻ‬

‫)‪(٢٦١‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ )ﺳﺄﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ( ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻭ )ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ )ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ( ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻔﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻼ‪) :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ( ﻭ )ﺳﺄﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺴﺮ ﺑﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﺳﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ(‪ ....‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﺸﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ!!( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻭﻧﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺗﺨﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻓﻜﺎ( *‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﻼﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﺐ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺬ ﻋﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﻳﺨﻠﻖ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻐﺘﻴﻦ )ﻳﺨﻠﻖ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫)ﻳﺨﻠﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٣‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺆﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ ]ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ[ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺟﺎﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺯﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻗﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻤﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﻴﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺋﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،٤٠ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﻰ ﺗﺆﻓﻜﻮﻥ( * ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﻖ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺯﻳﻖ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺯﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( * ﻫﻮﺩ‪ ،٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻛﺄﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،٦٠ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٢٠٥١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻵﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻃﻮﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺯﺍﻕ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻠﻪ‪.(...،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ ﺭﺯﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻷﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻸﺑﺪﺍﻥ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻮﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺸﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺁﺗﻪ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺮﺣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺸﻬﻮﺍﺗﻪ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻄﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻼﺗﻪ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻔﻮﺍﺗﻪ؟(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺯﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺯﻭﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺻﻠﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺗﻨﺠﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﺯﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﺰﻱ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺼﺼﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻭﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٥‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻌﺠﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺄ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻌﺼﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺨﺬﻝ ﻭﻳﺒﺘﻠﻲ ﻋﺪﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻷﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻮﺍﺗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻘﻲ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺬﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺍ ﻭﻭﺳﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻃﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪) * :‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺌﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺌﻠﻮﻥ( *‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺳﺄﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺠﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺠﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺨﻄﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‬

‫)‪(٢٦٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻓﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍ( *‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﺼﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﺎ ﺳﻘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺲ ﺑﻮﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻛﺘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺎﻛﺎ ﺃﺛﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ( *‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ( ﻻ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻠﺐ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ....‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺎﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫)‪(٢٦٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﺑﻠﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺠﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺄ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٣٩٤‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﻈﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ( * ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ * )ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ( * ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ( * ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺷﺊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻡ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﻛﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ[‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‬

‫)‪(٢٦٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ٣٠ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻈﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ( * ﻕ‪ ،٢٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼ( * ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪.٦٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪) :‬ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٦٦٧ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪) (٣٠٧ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪/ ٣‬‬
‫‪:(٥٤١‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻀﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺮﻭﻙ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٢٢١٦ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﺹ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺑﺄﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻌﻨﻴﻬﺎ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺖ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ(‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺛﻘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪ (١٤٩ / ٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﻸﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﻨﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ - (١٥٤ / ٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٢٦٩‬‬
‫)ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻄﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻟﻤﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤٨١ / ٣‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻩ ﻭﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻻ ﻳﻐﻨﻲ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﻟﻴﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻴﺘﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ( ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪ (٢٨٨ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪) :(٧٥ / ٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ( ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺺ( )‪ (١٢١ / ٤‬ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٤٤٨ / ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻓﻀﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪.(٩٣ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( * ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ )ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫)ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻳﻄﻌﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻴﻨﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫)‪(٢٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( * ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺘﻰ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤٥٤ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ )‪(٤٨ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ )‪ (٥١ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٩١ / ١١‬ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻﻕ(‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‪) :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﻏﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٠٤٤ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ (...‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪) :(٤٨٩ / ١١‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤١٥ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪(٢٧١‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺄ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻓﻠﻴﺼﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ( ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬
‫)‪:(٤١٦ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ( * ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪) :‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ( ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻀﻴﻴﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( * ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻸﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻴﻖ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(١١٩ / ٩‬‬
‫)ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻﻕ( ﺃﻱ ﻧﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‬
‫ﻓﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﻻ ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫)‪(٢٧٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ!! ﻭﻳﻈﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ!!‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻪ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺠﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺟﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﺟﺎﺋﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﻳﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪) :‬ﻋﺠﺒﺎ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺷﻜﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺿﺮﺍﺀ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٢٩٥ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻬﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬

‫)‪(٢٧٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ )‪ ،(١٤٧‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻫﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﻮﺭﺍ( * ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺒﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺛﻤﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﺪﻳﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ( *‬
‫ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪ ،١٧ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺏ( * ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ ،٢٧ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ[‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٧‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﻄﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ!! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻴﺮ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﻚ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻳﺤﺬﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ!! ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ!!!‬

‫)‪(٢٧٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ )ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ( ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﺖ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .٢٨٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺭﻫﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ‪ .٢١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .٢٨١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺆﺍﺧﺬﻛﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢٢٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،١٥٨ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻫﻘﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﺔ( * ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .٢٧‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻃﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٨٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺾ ﻭﺣﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺟﺒﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺜﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻗﺒﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬

‫)‪(٢٧٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻙ ﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻘﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،٩٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻣﻴﺖ ﺇﺫ ﺭﻣﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﻣﻰ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.١٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .٧٨ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ * )ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ( * ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .٧٩ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ * )ﻓﺄﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻴﺒﻬﺎ( * ﻓﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻻﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ * )ﻓﺄﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ( * ﻓﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻻﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﻓﺄﺭﺩﻧﺎ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ * )ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺟﺎ ﻛﻨﺰﻫﻤﺎ( * ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﻠﻚ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﺴﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﺪﻣﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻻﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪.١٦ :‬‬

‫)‪(٢٧٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﻞ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻮﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٥١ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻒ )ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻫﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺪﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،١٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻫﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﻮﺭﺍ( * ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻔﺮ( * ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،٢٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺛﻤﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﺪﻳﻨﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗﻬﻢ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻜﺴﺒﻮﻥ( * ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪.١٧‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺻﻨﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩﻩ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻤﺴﻚ )‪.(١٤٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺟﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺭ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٤٨‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٧٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍ؟!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺃﻭﻻ[‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﺩﻋﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺠﺐ ﻟﻜﻢ( *‪.‬‬
‫]ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ[‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ[‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺐ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻟﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺛﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺔ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ (٤٠ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻘﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﻣﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻘﺎﻭﺗﻲ‪ ..‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪ (...‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ )‪ ،(١٤٩‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ )ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪) (١٤٩‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ٨٥ / ٧‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٧٨‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻋﻠﻴﻤﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،٣٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻮ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﺍ ﺇﺫ ﺗﻔﻴﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺰﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( * ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.٦١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻃﺐ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٥٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.١١٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٨ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٧٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺰﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻌﺎﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( )‪:(٩٠ / ١‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺰﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻭﺃﺧﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺟﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﻃﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺯﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻭﺃﺧﻔﻰ( ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻔﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ!؟‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪:(٨٤ / ٩‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﻪ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﻋﺘﻴﺪ( * ﺛﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻄﻖ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻻﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨٠‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ[‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻃﻠﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ )ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﺓ ﺭﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍ * ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺭﺻﺪﺍ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،٢٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٦٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮ ﺗﺒﻴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺜﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻦ( * ﺳﺒﺄ‪.١٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٥٢‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻋﻈﻴﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،١١٣‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻙ ﺿﺎﻻ ﻓﻬﺪﻯ( * ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪ ٧ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺪﺍﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨١‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)* )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( *(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻮﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ ٦١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( * ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪.١ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ( )‪:(٩١ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺰﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﻕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺠﺐ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻇﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺻﻤﺨﺔ ﻭﺁﺫﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻄﺶ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺁﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺣﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﻢ ﻭﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٣٠ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺘﻲ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺊ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٥٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٢٧ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٠٩ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ )‪) :(١١ / ١‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ‪ -‬ﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ( )‪) :(٣١ / ١‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺠﻼﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺪﻗﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﺘﻌﻨﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ‬

‫)‪(٢٨٣‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺘﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﻑ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.١٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ( ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ( ﺹ )‪.(٣٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٢٢‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺳﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﺘﻘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ‪ :-‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ...،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻫﺪﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪ ،٥٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪.٧ :‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨٤‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺍ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻛﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻘﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺳﺄﺻﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻘﺮ( *‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ( *‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫* )ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ( * ﻭﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻟﻤﺎ( ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻬﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﺎﺀ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺍ ﻟﻬﻢ‪) ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺴﻤﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬

‫)‪(٢٨٥‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ * ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٤‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ * ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ( * ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٢٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫* )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻓﺄﻧﺘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٥٠ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺙ )ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪.٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻮﻩ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪ (...‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ!! ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪.[(٥٧٨ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ )ﻭﺩﻋﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﻘﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺑﻌﻘﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ!! ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺛﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ!! ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺹ ‪ ١٠٦‬ﻭﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ - ١ -‬ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪/ ١٢‬‬
‫‪ [(٨٠‬ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬

‫)‪(٢٨٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﺑﻼ ﺭﻳﺐ(‬
‫ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻓﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ )‪ (١٥٠‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ( *‪) * ،‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺎ( * ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻌﻘﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ( ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻓﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻋﻤﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺛﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٠‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٤٥٥ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺰﺃ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪،٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺑﻌﻮﺿﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ( * ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺿﺊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺴﻬﺎ * )ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺛﻪ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪..‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﺄﺟﺮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺘﻚ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺑﻔﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬

‫)‪(٢٨٨‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻚ ﺣﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ( * ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪) * :‬ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺲ( * ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺲ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﺤﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ )ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻭﺳﻌﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻚ ﺑﻌﺜﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪٤٥٣ / ١٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٤٥٣ - ٤٥٢ / ١٣‬ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪ (١٣ / ٦‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪) :(٢٠٥ / ٦‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٨٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ )‪.(١١٤ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻼ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻵﺣﺎﺩ )ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ( ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺕ( ﺃﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ( ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ(‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﺁﻣﺮﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻰ ﻃﺮﺃﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٤٦٠ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻸﻛﺜﺮ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ )ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ( ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ / ٢٣٥ / ٤‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ (٤٧٣٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٠‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺻﻠﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ ﻓﻴﺼﻌﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﺍﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺰﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺑﻴﺴﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﻛﻼ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻻ‬

‫)‪(٢٩١‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ( ﺹ )‪:(٢٩‬‬
‫)‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻼ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺎﺱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻼﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﺼﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺣﺒﺮ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٢‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ( * ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻛﻴﻬﻢ( * )‪ (١٥١‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١٧٤ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ( * ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻻﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪ .٣٠ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥١‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ )‪ ،(٣٠ - ٢٩ / ٣‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﺢ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( )‪) :(٤٤٧ / ١٠‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﺙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(١٨٨ / ١٤‬‬
‫])ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ( ﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﻃﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻥ )ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ( ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻤﺮ )‪ ،(١٥٢‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻧﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ!! ﻓﺘﻌﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻃﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٢‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺠﺰﻭﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ!! ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺷﻴﺨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ!! ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ!!‬

‫)‪(٢٩٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ( *‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ )‪ ،(١٥٣‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺰ ﻓﺄﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ؟!‬
‫ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻻ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.١٠٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.١٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﺌﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ .٦٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﻐﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻏﻀﺒﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻀﺒﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻫﻮﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪.٨١ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٣‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻔﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ( * ﻫﻮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻏﻀﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻐﺮ( ﺹ )‪ - (٧٤‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ )‪:- (١٥٤‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻌﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺨﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻌﺬﺍﺑﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٤‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻐﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻛﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﻘﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٦‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺮﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺒﻄﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﻜﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺪﻳﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺮﺭﻭﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (١٣٢ / ١‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﺪﻟﻼ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺀ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻤﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻬﻮﻥ( * ﺃﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‪.(..‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٧‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﺑﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫* )ﻳﺨﺎﺩﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻓﻴﺴﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( * ﻭ‬
‫* )ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﻬﻢ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺅﻩ‪) * :‬ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ( * ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻌﺪﻝ )‪ (١٥٥‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻟﻔﻈﺎﻫﻤﺎ )ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻤﺎ( )‪ (١٥٦‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( * ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﺰ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ[‪ :‬ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺯ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٥‬ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﺪﻝ( ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٦‬ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻤﺎ( ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﻹﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٢٩٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺮﺍﻡ( *‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ!! ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﺠﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺽ ﻣﻬﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﻐﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ( * ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،٢٤ :‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ * )ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺠﻨﺎﺣﻴﻪ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ !!٣٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ * )ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪ ٨٨ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ!!‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪،٧٢ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻃﻠﻖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ * )ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ * ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪(٢٩٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ( * ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪ ،٤٢ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺆﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺑﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻭﺣﻴﻦ ]ﺃﻱ ﻫﻼﻙ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭﺷﻴﻦ‪) * ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺌﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺌﻠﻮﻥ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ]ﺃﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ[ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻧﻜﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ[‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺯﻳﻎ ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬

‫)‪(٣٠١‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٧ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ )‪:(١٠٦ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﺕ( *‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺸﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺞ )‪ (١٥٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ( * ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻁﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ[‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻼ * )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٧‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٠٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻞ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ( * ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ ﻭﺿﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺂﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﻯ( * ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪) .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ‪.(١٨٢ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ * )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻧﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺗﺸﺒﺜﻨﺎ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺗﻌﺼﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺿﻠﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺿﻠﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﺴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻜﺒﻨﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ[‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪(٣٠٣‬‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻻ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٩٩ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪(١١٣٦ / ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (١٧‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫)ﺷﺨﺺ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٩٦ / ٨‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪(..‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﻻ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ )ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪) :(٤٠ / ١٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻆ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺭﻙ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻠﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺷﺊ( ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫)‪(٣٠٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺟﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻌﺠﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻌﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ!!‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﻧﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺠﺪﻩ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺷﻜﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻤﻴﻬﻨﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ[‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻂ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ( )‪:(٢٨٥ / ٩‬‬
‫)ﻷﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ( )‪.(١٧ / ٧‬‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪:(١٣١ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٠٦‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﻌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( * ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻣﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻧﻲ( ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ( * ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٠٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( * ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪:(١١٤‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺎﺧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ * ﺗﺮﻳﺤﻲ ﻓﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺿﻠﻪ ﻳﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ * )ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﻟﺔ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،٦٤ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،٦٤ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻲ ﻭﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،١٠ :‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ(‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﺪﺍﻙ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ ١٠ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻵﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٣٠٨‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( * ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺜﻨﻰ )‪ .(١٥٨‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ * )ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻻ ﺷﻔﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ * ﺑﻤﺎ ﺿﻤﻨﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻮﻉ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪) * :‬ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﺎﻣﺎ( * ﻳﺲ‪ ،٧١ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ )‪ .(١٥٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٤٧‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )‪.(١٦٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٨‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﻴﺒﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺜﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺗﺒﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻟﻬﺐ( *‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٥٩‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪) * :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( * ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﺭﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﻤﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﻘﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮﻥ( * ﻳﺲ‪.٧١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٠‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺃﻳﺪ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻳﺪﻱ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺃﻳﺪ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻳﺪﻱ(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ‪) :‬ﺃﻳﺪ( ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻠﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺣﺶ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﻳﺪﻱ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﺪ ﻳﺒﻄﺸﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.١٩٥ :‬‬

‫)‪(٣٠٩‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ )‪ ،(١٦١‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ( ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮﻫﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺲ ﻃﻴﻨﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺪ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻄﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺣﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺔ!! ﺃﻓﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺩ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .[٥٨ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ )ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻱ( * ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺜﻨﻰ!!( ﻛﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٥٣ / ٤‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺑﻘﺘﺎﻟﻬﻢ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﻄﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦١‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺃﻥ ﻃﻬﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺋﻔﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﺣﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪ (١٢١‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٥٤ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ١٠٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺮﺷﻬﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.٣٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺃﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪ ،١٤ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .٢٩‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻒ ﻭﺩﻡ ﻣﻬﺮﺍﻕ )‪(١٦٢‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٢‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺒﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﻧﻲ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺠﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﺷﻌﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﻭﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺸﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﻍ )ﻫﻴﻪ( ﺣﻖ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﺹ )‪.(١٧٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻼﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺪﻭﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ( ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪(..‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٤٧ / ١٣‬ﺑﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺄﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ!! ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻤﺖ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﺯﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻮﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ * ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻋﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺮ ﻭﻃﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫)‪(٣١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺰﻯ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺣﺮﻳﻤﻬﻢ * ﻭﺃﺿﺤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺗﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ )‪.(١٦٣‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٣‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩ( )‪ (٢٥٤ / ١‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( * ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﻂ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﻩ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ( ﻋﻴﺎﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﻣﺶ )ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ( ﻷﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﺤﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺸﻨﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﻼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ( )‪ (٣٩ / ٤‬ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺍﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺎﺩﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ )‪ (١٩٢ / ١‬ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﻀﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ * )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺳﻮﺍ( ﺹ )‪ -) :(٢٥١‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( *(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ( * ﻓﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦١ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻚ ﺷﺊ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ(‬
‫)‪:(٤٠٠‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ‪ -‬ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ(!! ﻭﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (١٣٦ / ٦‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٥٠٨ / ١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﺰﻗﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻪ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺵ ﺛﻢ ﻏﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻘﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟!!(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) * :‬ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ؟!( * ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ؟!! ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻩ( * ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ( * ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻗﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ!! ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣١٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ * )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ؟ ﻓﺄﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻀﺎﺀ ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺟﻮﻩ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ )‪ ،(١٦٤‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٤‬ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﻠﻔﻈﺔ )ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ( ﻫﺬﻩ؟! ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ؟! ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﺆﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻬﻢ )ﺑﺠﻠﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻓﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺍ( *‬
‫ﺑﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺹ ﺑﺠﻨﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﺟﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻒ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ )‪ (٦٠٧ / ١٩‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‬

‫)‪(٣١٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ(‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺹ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )‪ (١٦٥‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )‪ (١٦٦‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺔ‪..‬؟؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻏﻮﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ(‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺠﺪﺩﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪..‬؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻹﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺖ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻸﺧﺮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٥‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺇﺫﻥ؟!!‬
‫)‪ (١٦٦‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ(!! ﺑﺪﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( * ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻏﻮﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ(‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﻼ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺠﻮﻫﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻴﺰ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﻕ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺎﺫﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﺫﻱ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﻳﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺺ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣١٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﻂ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺗﺤﺎﺫﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﺫﻱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻨﺎ؟([ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣١٧‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ( * ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﺹ )‪:(١٣١‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ( * ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪ .١٠ :‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﺧﺼﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺒﺄﻧﺎ ﺭﺯﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﺀ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻣﻸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺒﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ‪..‬؟!![ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٣١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ( ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ( )‪(٣٠٣ / ٧‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ - :‬ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻼ ﻛﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ( ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!! ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻈﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻨﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻭﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺮﺩﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫)‪(٣١٩‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻭﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺗﻌﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ( * ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﻩ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ( * ﺃﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺘﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻍ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫)‪ ،(٢٨١ / ١٨‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪:(٤١٦ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.(..‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﻴﻚ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻲ( * ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺠﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪) * :‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺒﻀﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻀﺎ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍ( * ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ( * ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻬﺪﻳﻦ( *‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٣٢٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﻭﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺎ ﻧﺠﻢ ﻋﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺶ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺴﻒ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺨﺴﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺴﻒ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﺘﺢ ‪ (٣٣ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪(٦٣٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻟﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ‪:-‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺟﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ( * ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪ ١٩٢ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ( * ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﺭﺯﻕ ﺃﻣﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ( * ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ‬

‫)‪(٣٢١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﺴﺎﺀ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ( * ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ( * ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،٦ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ )‪.(١٩٤ / ٢٣‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ( * ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،٣٥ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ٤ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻫﻮ( ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ * )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ( * ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.٧ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﻢ( * ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺭﻛﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪) * :‬ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ( *‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﺴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺰﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺬﺭﺓ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺼﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻼ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﺠﺪﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻷﺑﺼﺮﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﻯ( * ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ * )ﺇﻧﻨﻲ( * ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٢٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪) * :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻖ ﻋﺼﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ‪.٣١ - ٣٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ(؟! )ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ(؟!! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪) * :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ( *؟!!‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ( * ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( *‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ؟!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺆﻳﺪ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ (٥٠٩ / ٢١‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﺼﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﺰﻗﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻪ‪) (..‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ (٥٠٨ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) :‬ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٣٥٠ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺹ )ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺟﺪ( ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻓﻠﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻐﻨﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺠﺮﻱ‬

‫)‪(٣٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ * )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ( * ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻛﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻴﺰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ!! ﻭﻳﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺎ ﻛﺎﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ‬

‫)‪(٣٢٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ!! ﻓﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ!! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻒ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺤﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻟﻨﺠﻮﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟! ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٢٥‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٥٣٧ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٨٤ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٤٢٩ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺳﺒﺢ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ(‪) :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ(‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ(‬
‫)‪:(٤١٥ / ٣‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (٦١ / ٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻚ ﺷﺊ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪) :(٤٠٠‬ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ( )ﺹ ‪) :(٣٣٣‬ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ * )ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ( * ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ ،١٦ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻞ‬

‫)‪(٣٢٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( )‪) :(١٣٦ / ٦‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺲ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪) .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪٥٢٢ / ١٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪.(٢١٠٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٥٢٦ / ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﻔﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻪ!! ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ )‪ (١٦٧‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻧﻪ!! ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٧‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٢٧‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﻂ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ!! ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﺎﺿﺢ!! ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ!! ﻭﻧﺮﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺎﻟﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺿﻌﻔﺖ ﺣﺠﺘﻚ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻧﻌﻘﻠﻪ!! ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻨﻘﺮﺏ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻨﺜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ!! ﺇﺫ * )ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻨﺜﻰ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ!!‬
‫ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺰﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻔﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٥٣ / ١٧‬‬

‫)‪(٣٢٨‬‬
‫)ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﺗﺮ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ( *(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ( *‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ!! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!! ﻷﻥ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﺤﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ * )ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻴﻄﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ( *‬
‫ﻃﻪ‪.١١٢ :‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺨﺎﺑﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ!! ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ؟ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺑﻼ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ؟!! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ!! ﻭﻳﻐﺎﻟﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻘﻠﻬﺎ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ؟!! ﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ؟!!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﺤﻮﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻮﺿﻴﻦ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ‬

‫)‪(٣٢٩‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ( ﻳﻐﺎﻟﻄﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻬﻤﻮﻧﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ؟!!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺎﺑﻄﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﻔﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻭﻻ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﻔﻴﻪ(!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ!!‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺩﺃﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ!! ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﻩ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٣٠‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ )‪:(١٦٨‬‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺨﻠﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ!!(‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻴﺰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺌﺬ ﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﺰﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﻭﻻ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻨﺜﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻀﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺧﻠﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭ * )ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( *‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٨‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ( )ﺹ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺻﺒﻴﺢ ‪ /‬ﻣﺼﺮ ‪ ١٣٩٠ /‬ﻩ( ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣١‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺴﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻧﻌﻘﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﺧﺬﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ( *‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﻬﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺗﻬﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻙ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺄﺭﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺻﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﺎ ﺁﺧﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﻼ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ (٢٦٥ / ١٣‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻔﺎ )ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺐ( )‪ (١٦٩‬ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٤٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪٦٢٢ / ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪(٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪) (١٠‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺪﺩﺕ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ( ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺪ ﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺻﺒﺘﻪ ﻷﻛﻠﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ( )ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.(٥٤٠ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺟﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٦٩‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺐ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪.(٣٥٣ / ٣‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣٢‬‬
‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ؟!!! ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ؟!! ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ]ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ[ )‪ ،(١٧٠‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﺼﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ! ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ!! )ﻗﻠﻨﺎ(‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻨﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺫﺍﺗﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٠‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ ][ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺣﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ )ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ( ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ )ﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ( ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺏ )ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ( ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫)ﻻ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ )‪:(٤٣٤ / ٤‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﺍ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ - ٣‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ( )‪:(٦٤ / ١٠‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻛﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪- ٤١٠‬‬
‫‪ (٤١١‬ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣٤‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺹ )‪ (٢٠١‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻔﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﺮﺍﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﺹ )‪ ٩٧‬ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ١٣٥٩‬ﻩ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‪ ....‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ]ﺹ )‪ (١٣٠‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻨﺎ[‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍﺕ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺻﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﺮﺵ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ( ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ!! ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ!! ﻭﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﺎ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ * )ﺃﻓﺘﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺰﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪!!٨٥ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﻋﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻜﻢ )ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ( ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻌﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻜﻢ!! ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ!! ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺊ!! ﻓﻌﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻜﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٣٦‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺒﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ!! ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺏ )ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ!!( ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪:(١٧١‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ....‬ﻭﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﺤﺪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(!!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻈﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺵ )‪(١٧٢‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ‪ ،-‬ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧١‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ( ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ )ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ(‬
‫)‪ (٢٩ / ٢‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻜﻔﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٢‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺵ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﺎ( *‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٣٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ( *‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ!!! ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ!! ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫* )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ( *‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ‬

‫)‪(٣٣٨‬‬
‫* ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﺹ )‪ (١١٦‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻓﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪) :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﺔ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺗﻜﻢ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﺴﻂ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫)ﺹ ‪ [.(٢١٣ - ٢٠٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻧﻔﻮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﺹ )‪ (٧١‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ!!‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻻ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﺺ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ!!( ﻣﻘﺮﺍ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺎ!! ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ؟ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ!! ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ!!‬
(٣٣٩)
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ!! ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ(!! ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺲ( )‪ (١٨٤ / ٢‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ( ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻄﺮ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ )‪ :(١٧٣‬ﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ( * )‪ (١٧٤‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ( )‪(١٧٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٣‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ!! ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺠﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺟﺔ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻝ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺑﺤﻖ ﻭﺑﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻮﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﻓﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ )ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻏﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ( ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٤‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ )ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ( ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺑﺨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ؟! ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ!! ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﻍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻌﺐ ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ!! ﻓﺎﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺑﺨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻭﺫﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺭﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻮﺑﺨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺒﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ * )ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻬﺮﺓ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﺑﻈﻠﻤﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،١٥٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ * )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﺘﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٤٠‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻪ[ )!!!!(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺒﻂ!! ﻓﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ!!‬
‫]ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ[‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻣﻲ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻣﻲ؟!! ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ؟!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ؟!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﺗﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ!!!!‬
‫]ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ[‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻞ ﺻﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﺧﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺽ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٥‬ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (٣٧٠ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٤٠٤ / ٥‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٢٩٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٤١‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﻌﺖ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺒﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﺤﺔ!! ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺑﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺳﻄﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ )‪!!(١٧٦‬‬
‫]ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺔ[‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻳﺰﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺏ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻲ!!( ﺷﺊ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ!! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺹ )‪ (٣٧‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ﻣﻘﺮﺍ )ﻭﺭﺍﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍ!!( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٢٢ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢١٠٧ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻏﻀﺒﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٥٢٦ / ١٣‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﺊ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٦‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺗﻬﻨﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ( ﺹ )‪.(٦٦ - ٥٨‬‬

‫)‪(٣٤٢‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻨﻲ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻧﻲ ﻓﺄﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٩ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٥٢٢ / ١‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﻳﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ!! ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﻏﺰﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﻗﺼﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ )‪(١٢٤ / ٦‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺹ )‪ ٣٤٠‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٤٨٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬

‫)‪(٣٤٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻻ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﻤﻬﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻀﻲ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ؟(‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺮﻭﺏ ﻓﻴﻔﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺯﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺑﻔﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﺎﺭﺍ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫)‪ ٢٢ / ٤‬ﻭ ‪ (٢١٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٤٤ / ٤‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٥١ / ٩‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻰ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ (٣٠ / ٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ )ﻳﻨﺰﻝ( ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪) :‬ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ )ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺫﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٤٤‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ )ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ( ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻨﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺰﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ!! ﻓﺈﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ( )‪ (١٤٤ / ٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ‪ -‬ﺑﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻔﺰﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﺫﻭﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻓﻼ ﻧﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٣٧ / ٦‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﻴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺴﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ * ﻛﺎﻟﺪﺥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﺋﺪ‬

‫)‪(٣٤٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (٢٠ / ٥‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﺇﺫ ﻋﻄﺲ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ!! ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺛﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ؟!‬
‫ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺨﺎﺫﻫﻢ!! ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﻤﺘﻮﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﺳﻜﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻓﺒﺄﺑﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﻣﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﻧﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺿﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺘﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺗﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺪﻧﻬﻢ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪ :‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﻧﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﺨﻄﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺨﻂ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺧﻄﻪ ﻓﺬﺍﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻲ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻋﻰ ﻏﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﺐ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺸﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻨﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺳﻔﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﺻﻜﻜﺘﻬﺎ ﺻﻜﺔ ﻓﺄﺗﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻈﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬

‫)‪(٣٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻓﻼ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﻬﺎ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﺋﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ( ﻓﺄﺗﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟( ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ( ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻋﺘﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ(‪ [.‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ؟!! ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٤٢٢‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ...‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫)ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟( ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ )‪ ،(١٧٧‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻼﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪) :‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ!! ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ )‪ (١٠٩ / ٦‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ )‪) :(٣٦٠ / ٦‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟( ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ؟( ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٤٢٢‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻇﻨﻪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ( ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ( ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( )‪.(٣٨٨ / ٧‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺮ( )‪) :(٢٢٣ / ٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( )‪:(١٤ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪:(٤٢٢‬‬
‫)ﻗﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ( )‪ (١٣٥ / ٧‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ؟( ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬

‫)‪(٣٤٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟( ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺷﺬﻭﺫ ﻟﻔﻆ )ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺃﻳﻦ( ﺗﺪﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫)‪) :(٢٢١ / ١‬ﺇﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﻴﺚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪) :‬ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﺻﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ )ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‬
‫)‪ (١٧٥ / ٩‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ ﺹ )‪ (٧٧٧‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﺎ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺢ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،(...‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ )ﺃﺗﺸﻬﺪﻳﻦ‪ (...‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ )ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ!!‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻄﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٤٩‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﻌﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮﺕ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪) :‬ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟( ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﺴﻜﺘﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻋﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻛﺒﻬﻦ ﻭﺃﻇﻼﻓﻬﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (٢٠٦ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻙ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ ٢٣١ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ (٤٧٢٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ ٦٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (١٩٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻤﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫)‪) :(١٥٩ / ٥‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﻒ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻌﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺇﻧﺎﺛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻋﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺗﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻮﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﺼﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺫﻭﻭ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻋﺎﻻ‪ (...‬ﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻻ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺯﻝ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﻝ ﻭﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻴﺲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ!! ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( * ﻧﻔﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺼﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﺣﺘﺎﺟﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ‬

‫)‪(٣٥٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻧﻲ( ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻧﻔﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺏ )ﻟﻴﺲ(‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻧﺴﻴﺎ( * ﻧﻔﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺏ )ﻣﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺏ )ﻟﻢ( ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ( * ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺏ )ﻟﻢ( ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ( * ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺏ )ﻣﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻭﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﻩ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﺍ( *‬
‫ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺏ )ﻟﻢ( ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫)‪(٣٥٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ؟! ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ؟!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺠﺄﺗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ؟!!!‬
‫ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺘﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻮﻩ ‪ -‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻣﻴﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻧﻄﻘﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺧﺮﺟﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﺭﺿﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ؟!!‬
‫ﻓﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ!! ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ!!‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ( ﺑﻀﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻧﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺴﻴﻬﻢ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺒﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ * )ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ( *‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫)‪(٣٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻴﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﺟﻬﻤﻲ(!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺬﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ * )ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( * ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ!! ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻓﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻨﺪﻡ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ )‪ ،(١٧٨‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﺮﻳﻦ( * ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ!! ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪ ٣٠ :‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ!!‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ!! ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٨‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻤﻨﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ!!( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٥٦٩ / ١٧‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!! ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ( )‪.(٢٥٠ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥٥‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﻻ ﺻﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻔﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺮﻙ ﺑﺮﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ ﻓﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻓﻌﺪﻟﻚ * ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺭﻛﺒﻚ( * ﻓﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( * ﻭﺃﻧﻪ * )ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻓﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ!! ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﻂ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻂ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ؟!!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻨﺴﻴﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ!! ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺃﻭﻻ!! ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻚ )ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺠﻼﻟﻪ( ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺏ )ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ( ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﻘﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﻟﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٧٩‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٧٩‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻛﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ(‬
‫ﺹ )‪.(١٤‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻧﺰﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻻ ﻛﻀﺤﻜﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺒﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﻤﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺠﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ!! ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻼ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻔﻮﺽ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﺤﺪﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﻭ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻛﻤﻠﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺄﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﺼﺮ ﻻ ﻛﺒﺼﺮﻧﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻘﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(٣٥٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﻤﻮﻫﺎ )ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺻﺮﺡ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻼ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﻋﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻬﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻜﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻓﻊ )ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ( ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ( ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺩﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(٣٥٨‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ!! ﻭﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﻠﺘﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮ )*( ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ!! ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫)ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ(!!‬
‫ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ -‬ﺗﻤﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺨﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺻﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ!!‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺠﺴﻢ(!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻫﺔ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ - ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻗﻄﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺟﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﻠﺸﻮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﻴﺄ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻤﺎ!! ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﻐﻄﻤﻄﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺭ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺳﺮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻣﺨﻄﻮﻃﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻜﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻲ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻹﺷﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕ( ﺹ )‪ (٧٦ - ٧٥‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٥٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﺮﺟﻠﻲ ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﻛﻘﺪﻣﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻕ ﻛﺴﺎﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ )‪.(١٨٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ!! ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ!! ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻘﻼ ﻭﻧﻘﻼ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ!! ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺯﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ(‬
‫)‪:(١٦٦ / ١٦‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( )‪:(١٣٨ - ١٣٧ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ؟‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺴﺪﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺮﺍ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( )‪:(٢١ / ٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٠‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﻬﺎﻓﺘﺔ ﻟﻪ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺒﺪﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ(!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ!!‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺔ!! ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٠‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪ (٢٩٨ / ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ )ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ( ﺑﻼ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ( ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﺤﻘﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺑﺎﺓ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻀﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻙ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭ )ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭ )ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻗﻼ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪ (٤٣٢ / ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ( ﻓﻤﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺎﻩ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺃﻓﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪ (...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ!!‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﺹ )‪:(٣٣٧‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﺎﺱ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪.(..‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦١‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺑﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ!!‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ )ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻧﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻪ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻧﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﻟﺰﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ ﻳﻀﺎﻫﺌﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻰ ﻳﺆﻓﻜﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٣٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٦٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٦٢ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ( )‪) :(١٨٦ / ٢‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﺤﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺿﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﻮﻅ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻘﻼ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪] .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪/ ٨‬‬
‫‪(٢٩١‬‬
‫ﻭ )ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ( )‪.[(١١٤ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ‬
‫)‪:(١٩٠ / ٢‬‬
‫)ﻓﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻬﺮﻫﻤﺎ( * ﻭﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺣﺮﺍﻗﻪ ﻭﺇﻫﻼﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﺳﻴﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻌﻴﺮﺍ( *‪ .....‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ!! ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﻘﺖ ﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻓﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﺘﻞ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ‬

‫)‪(٣٦٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻑ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﺷﺨﺺ ‪ :-‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﻨﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻓﻴﻒ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻓﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻟﻺﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ!! ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺳﺒﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ )‪ ،(١٨١‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﺤﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﺒﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٨‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ )ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻠﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ‪ (...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ )‪.(١٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻻﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ( ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨١‬ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٢‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﺤﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻮﺳﺎ ﻻ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺬﻳﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ!! ﻳﺼﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ( )‪ .(٢٧٥ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻓﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ!! ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪!!(١١٧ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪) :(٣٥٥ / ١٣‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ‪) :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻻ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ( * ﻻ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺠﺴﻤﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻧﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺊ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ( ﺃﻭ )ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺩﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻨﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ‪ -‬ﻭﻧﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺘﻬﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﺎ(!! ﺛﻢ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻨﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﻤﻴﺔ!! ﻭﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ!! ﻭﻣﻼﺣﺪﺓ!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺒﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ!! ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ!! ﻭﺇﻓﻚ ﺯﺧﺮﻓﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٦٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﻞ ﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ( *‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٣٥٤ / ٥‬ﻭ ‪ ٢١٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٦٢ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ( ﺹ )‪:(٣٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻧﺼﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺹ )ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﺣﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٢١٦ / ١١‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ( ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻇﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ‬

‫)‪(٣٦٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑﻚ( * ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( * ﻭﺳﺄﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻭﻭﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ )‪ (١٨٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٧‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ( ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ( ﺹ )‪.(٣٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭﻋﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺮﺉ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ * )ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ( * ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻐﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻂ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺴﻄﻪ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻀﻪ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﻀﺔ ﺣﺰﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺳﻂ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺒﻬﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻼ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺯﺍﻗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٦‬ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻀﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٧‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻊ ﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٨‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٩‬ﺍﻟﻮﺩﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺤﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٠‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺚ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺷﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٣‬ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ * )ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ( * ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٧٣‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٤‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺣﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻐﻮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٦‬ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٧‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٨‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٦٩‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٩‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻭﺩﻩ ﻃﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٠‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺟﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣١‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺑﻼ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٢‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﻤﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٤‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٥‬ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٦‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺤﺠﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﺣﺴﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪) :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻚ ﺷﺊ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ( ﺹ )‪ (٤٠٠‬ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٧‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٨‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣٩‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٠‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٢‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫)‪(٣٧٠‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٣‬ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﻑ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﻓﺔ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٤‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻂ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٥‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( *‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٧‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺒﺪﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٨‬ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤٩‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٠‬ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥١‬ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٢‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٣‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺉ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻱ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٤‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٥‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٦‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٧‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻜﺘﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٨‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﻃﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺈﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻱ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥٩‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦٠‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻃﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦١‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦٢‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٧١‬‬
‫‪ - ٦٣‬ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻙ )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ( ﻭ )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﻭ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ( ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪ :‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺳﺘﻴﺮ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ )‪.(١٨٤‬‬
‫)ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ(‪ :‬ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ (٢٠٦٣ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺣﻤﻨﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻌﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻜﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺻﻨﻌﺘﻪ( ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺻﻨﻌﺘﻪ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٣١ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﺠﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﻈﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻐﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٧٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٣٧٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٣٧٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻏﻼﻅ ﺷﺪﺍﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪.٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪.٩٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺟﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺭﺳﻼ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ( *‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪.١ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( )‪:(١٦٣ / ١‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺰﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻛﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٧٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﺁﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢٨٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ([‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٣٧ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ( ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﺩﻋﻰ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺤﺒﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﺒﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٦١ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٣٠ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﺈﺑﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٢٢٩٤ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٧٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٣٠٦ / ٦‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻄﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺎﺭﻗﺖ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ )ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ )ﺃﻃﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺌﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺳﺎﺟﺪ( )‪ (١٨٥‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ )ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﺒﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻒ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺟﺪ( ﻭﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ( ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺫﻛﻮﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺇﻧﺎﺛﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻛﺤﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻟﺪﻭﻥ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ -‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻟﺴﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻛﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ( *‪) * ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ( *‪) * ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ( * ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ )ﺍﺑﺪﺅﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ( ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻓﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺜﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﻭﻥ([ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٣ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺻﻌﺼﻌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٥٥٦ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٣١٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (١٤٠٢ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٧٩‬‬
‫)ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺖ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.(..‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪ (٣٠٤ / ٦‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻛﺬﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻫﺠﻬﻢ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺟﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻠﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺼﻢ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻋﻴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻴﻜﻠﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪) :‬ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻨﺰﻟﺖ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻨﺰﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻨﺎ( * ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( )‪:(٣٠٨ / ٦‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺠﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬

‫)‪(٣٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺰﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺠﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻣﻴﻦ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﻞ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﺫ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﺳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻵﺩﻡ( * ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ )ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺹ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺿﺎﺣﻜﺎ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺿﺤﻚ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﻓﺨﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ )ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ‬

‫)‪(٣٨١‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻭﺣﻨﻰ ﺟﺒﻬﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻞ )ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻷﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ( ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻧﺔ ﻟﺠﻨﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻨﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﻬﻢ([ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮﻗﺖ ﺭﺟﻼﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻜﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )‪٤٩٦ / ١١‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦٦١٩‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺏ )ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺎﺋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻚ( ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ )‪.(١٨٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ * ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻴﻦ * ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ( *‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﻄﺎﺭ‪ .١٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪.١١ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ )!!!( )ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻲ ﺯﻏﻠﻮﻝ( ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻞ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻄﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ!! ﻓﺎﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٨٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻻ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻀﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.١٠٢ :‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺑﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﺜﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ( * ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ * )ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ( * ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺤﺮ‬
‫* )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ( * ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪) ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ )‪ ،(١٨٧‬ﻭﻳﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻠﺌﺖ ﺣﺮﺳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺷﻬﺒﺎ *‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ‪ * (..‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٤ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻛﺬﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٨٣‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﻳﻠﻔﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻠﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻭﻧﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺸﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ( )‪ (١٨٨‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ( * ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﺒﺮﺃﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺭﻣﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ * )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ( * ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ * )ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ( *‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﻏﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫* )ﻭ( * ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ * )ﻣﺎ( * ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫* )ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ( * ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻼ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ * )ﺑﺎﺑﻞ( * ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﻭﻳﺠﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﺄﺑﻄﻞ ﺳﺤﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺼﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻞ * )ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ( * ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ * )ﻭﻣﺎ( * ﻛﺎﻧﺎ * )ﻳﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ( * ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ * )ﺣﺘﻰ( *‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺤﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭ * )ﻳﻘﻮﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ( * ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ * )ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﻔﺮ( * ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻪ‪) * ،‬ﻭ( *‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﺫ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ * )ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻪ( *‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٨‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺹ )‪ .(١٧‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٨٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﻼﺀ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ( * )‪ (١٨٩‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺎﺣﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺬﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺤﺮ * )ﺑﻀﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( *‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ‪) * ،‬ﻭ( * ﺇﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ * )ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻀﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ * )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ( * ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺼﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﺪﺗﻬﻢ * )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ( * ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ * )ﻟﻤﻦ( * ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ * )ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ( * ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * )ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ( * ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ * )ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻕ( * ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ * )ﻭﻟﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪(٥٠ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ( * )ﻣﺎ( ﻧﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﺑﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٨٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻫﻢ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ )ﻫﻤﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٨٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ( *‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﺒﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫* )ﺃﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺢ ﺑﺤﻤﺪﻙ ﻭﻧﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﻉ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺒﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻨﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻼﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻓﺄﻫﺒﻄﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﺖ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺴﺄﻻﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻘﺎﻻ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻧﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺑﺼﺒﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺴﺄﻻﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺘﻼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻧﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺑﻘﺪﺡ ﺧﻤﺮ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻻﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﺮﺑﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺎ ﻓﺴﻜﺮﺍ ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﻗﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻤﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺑﻴﺘﻤﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻤﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺮﺗﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (١٣٤ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪(٦٤ / ١٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺬﺏ!! ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬

‫)‪(٣٨٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻫﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!! ﻧﺠﻢ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻄﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺻﺒﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﻓﻴﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺼﻴﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺟﻬﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺰﻻ ﻓﺄﻟﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻖ ‪ -‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻖ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺒﺎﻫﺎ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻣﻜﻨﻜﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻬﺒﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺄﻻﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺄﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻌﻼ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻴﺮﺕ ﻃﻤﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻛﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺳﺄﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺘﻤﺎ ﺭﺩﺩﺗﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺬﺑﺘﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺘﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺑﺘﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﺩﺩﺗﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﻳﺰﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺋﺘﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺨﺴﻒ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺳﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻳﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( ﺹ )‪ (٢٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺃﻧﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻓﺮﻱ ﻭﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(٣٨٧‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺿﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺪﺩ(‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻪ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﻤﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ( ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﻓﺄﻭﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﻒ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﺖ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺹ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻗﺼﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺍ ﻩ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺹ )‪:(٤١‬‬
‫]ﺑﻘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﺒﻂ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫* )ﺃﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺢ ﺑﺤﻤﺪﻙ ﻭﻧﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﻚ( *‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪(٣٨٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺨﺖ ﻧﺠﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺯﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ( * ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫* )ﻓﻘﻀﺎﻫﻦ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ( *‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺜﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮ * )ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﻜﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ( *‪) * ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( *‪) * ،‬ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﺳﻔﺮﺓ ﻛﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺓ( *‪) * ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻴﻦ( *‪) * ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻏﻼﻅ ﺷﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﺮﻭﻥ( * ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﻂ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﺷﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺢ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﻉ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺼﻴﻨﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺰﻻﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟!! ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ!! ﻧﻌﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ * )ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( *‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ(‪ :‬ﺃﻓﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﺠﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ(‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺎ‬

‫)‪(٣٨٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺼﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﺼﻮﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺴﻮﺍﺀ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) * :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ١٣٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢١٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﻖ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺯﺑﻮﺭﺍ * ﻭﺭﺳﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺼﺼﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻼ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ( * ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٦٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪(...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٠٥ / ١١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩١‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺪﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( )‪.(١٨٨ / ١‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( )‪:(١٥٠ / ١‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﻴﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﻆ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ( ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻘﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺮ ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﻌﺎﻫﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻟﻴﺤﺘﺮﻡ!! ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺘﻪ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ ،٥٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫)‪(٣٩٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٢١٣ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺧﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺄﺳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻀﺮﻋﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٩٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﻧﻮﺭ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﺩﻭﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪٤٤ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ )ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ( ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺎ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ * ﻭﻧﺎﺩﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﻗﺮﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﺠﻴﺎ * ﻭﻭﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ( * ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪،٥٣ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺺ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ * )ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻲ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ * ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﻲ *‬
‫ﺍﺷﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺯﺭﻱ * ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ( * ﻃﻪ‪ ٣٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) * :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ( * ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ١٤٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﺍ( * ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ٣٥ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) * :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺇﺫ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺿﻠﻮﺍ * ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻦ *‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺼﻴﺖ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻠﺤﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺧﺸﻴﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻗﺐ ﻗﻮﻟﻲ( * ﻃﻪ‪.٩٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) * :‬ﻓﺄﺗﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻮﻻ‬

‫)‪(٣٩٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺬﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺌﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪ ،٢٠ :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ؟!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ( * ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ )ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،١٠٩ :‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،٤٣ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ (٧ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻗﻂ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ * ﻭﻻ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻭﺷﺨﺺ ﺫﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( * ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٣٣ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﺛﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪ .١٢٢ :‬ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﺒﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫* )ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺒﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ * ﻓﺎﺟﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ( * ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪.٥٠ :‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ( *‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٣١ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻧﺒﺌﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٣٣ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫* )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺰﻣﺎ( * ﻃﻪ‪.١١٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻼ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * )‪ (١٩٠‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪.٢٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻼ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻳﺪﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻬﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻼ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﻼ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺒﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ( )‪ ،(٦٩ / ١٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ (١٤٠ - ١٣٩ / ٨‬ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(١٩١‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٠‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺧﻠﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺹ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ * )ﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪ ،٤٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ * )ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( * ﺳﺒﺄ‪.٤٤ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫)‪ (١٩١‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺻﺤﺢ ﻓﻲ )ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﺎﺓ( )‪١٥٩٩ / ٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٥٧٣٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ( ﻓﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ!! ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪) :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ(‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ )‪ ٢٨٠ / ٢‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (١٢٨٩‬ﺻﺤﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻧﻮﺡ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ!! ﺛﻢ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺤﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ!!‬

‫)‪(٣٩٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٣٧١ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ [١٨٥ / ١‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪(١٨٠ / ١‬‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺋﺘﻮﺍ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺹ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ؟!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ( )‪ (٥٥ / ٣‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺷﻴﺚ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ (١٩٢) (..‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٢‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ )ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( )‪(٣٨٦ / ١٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻮﻍ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( )‪ (٤٢ / ١‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻧﻮﺡ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻠﻴﻞ )‪ (١٩٣‬ﺷﻔﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﻧﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ * ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻭﻧﻮﺡ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺩ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻞ * ﻭﻧﺠﻠﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺗﻼ * ﻟﻪ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ * ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻏﺪﻭﺓ ﺭﻭﺍﺣﺎ * ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻞ ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺗﻼ * ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻼ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺛﻢ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ * ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻴﺊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﺮﻯ * ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ * ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺖ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺷﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ * ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻫﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻳﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻁ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ * ﺣﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ‪ / ٢٤‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ‪ ١٤١٤ /‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪١٩٩٤ / ٦ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ )‪ (٣١٥‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ )‪ (١٢٤٠٠٠‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﺎ ﻏﻔﻴﺮﺍ(‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎ )‪.(١٩٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺒﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺡ؟ )ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(١٩٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٢٦٦ - ٢٦٥ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٩٣ / ١‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٩ - ٢٥٨ / ٨‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٧٧ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ( )‪ (٤ / ٩‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ )ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٩ / ٣‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٥‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ( )‪ (٢١٠ / ٨‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ( )‪) :(٤٨٩ / ١٣‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ( )‪) :(١٠١ / ١‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٣٩٨‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻔﻮﺍ ﺑﻀﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﻭﻋﺼﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ[‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﻃﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻧﺎﺀﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺧﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﺌﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻋﺼﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ * )ﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪ ،٢٣ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺃﺗﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( * ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ٤٤ :‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﻘﺒﺢ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ؟! ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ * )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻟﻔﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ( * ﻫﻮﺩ‪ ،٨٨ :‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) * :‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮﺍﺕ( * ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٩٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺎﺭ( *‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(٣٩٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ * )ﻓﺒﻌﺰﺗﻚ ﻷﻏﻮﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ( * ﺹ‪ ،٨٣ :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺧﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻬﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺰﻣﺎ( * ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ * )ﻓﻮﺳﻮﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻫﻞ ﺃﺩﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﺪ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻰ * ﻓﺄﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺒﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺁﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻃﻔﻘﺎ ﻳﺨﺼﻔﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﺼﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻐﻮﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٢١‬ﻓﺎﻷﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ * )ﺛﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ( * ﻃﻪ‪ ١٢٢ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ * )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ( * ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ٢٤ :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺼﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ * )ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ( *‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ * )ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ( * ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻨﻲ( ﺃﻱ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﻊ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻻ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻧﻨﺰﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‬

‫)‪(٤٠٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺼﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺤﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺣﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻷﻋﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ )*(‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(١٠ / ٢٢١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧١٩ / ٤‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﺳﺤﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﺑﻠﻴﺲ )ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،٦٥ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻏﻮﻳﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻷﺯﻳﻨﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻷﻏﻮﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ * ﺇﻻ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪ ،٤٠ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﺎﻧﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﺳﻠﻢ " ﺑﻀﻢ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻓﺄﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ؟!!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫* ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ " ﺹ )‪ " :(٢٢٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺗﺨﻴﻴﻼﺕ ﻻ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻼﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ...‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ(‪." ...‬‬

‫)‪(٤٠١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺪ ﺍﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ " ﺹ )‪ (٣٩‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻃﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﺫ ﺑﻤﺮﺓ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (٢٣٠ / ١٠‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﺘﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻟﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ )ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭﺍ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،٤٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭﺍ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.٨ :‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺮ ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ " )‪ (١٨١ - ١٧٩ / ١٥‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪/ ١٠‬‬
‫‪.(٢٢٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺎﺫ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٠٢‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‪ :‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ )ﻭﻭﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻨﺎ( ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ )ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٥٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ )ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺐ ﻟﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻟﺤﻘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ * ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٨٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻛﺬﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ[‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺫﻛﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻭﺟﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،١٢٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺩﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ( ﻫﻮﺩ‪ ،٣٢ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻄﻨﺎ ﺫﻛﻴﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻐﺒﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻔﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﻘﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺣﺠﺘﻨﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٨٣ :‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ[‪ :‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،٦٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬

‫)‪(٤٠٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺨﺸﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺸﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﻴﺒﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪ ٣٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪) :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﺃﺑﻠﻐﻜﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺼﺢ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،٦٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺑﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻁ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ( ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪.٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ * ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ " ﺛﻢ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،٤٦ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ " )‪" (١١٨ / ٣٠ / ١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪ ...‬ﻷﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪." ...‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻜﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺈﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺈﺑﻼﻏﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻗﻼﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫" ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﺒﺜﺜﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺜﺜﺘﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻌﻮﻡ " ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﻔﺎﻩ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻳﻠﻬﺞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ )ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ!!( ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﻮﻥ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٠٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)‪ ٢١٦ / ١‬ﻓﺘﺢ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺜﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ " ﻗﻄﻊ " ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻴﺒﻪ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻀﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺴﻌﻴﻬﻢ‪ [...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ[ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ "‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺩﺡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪:(٢١٩ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻚ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ " ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ " ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺷﺮﻋﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٢٢٢ / ١‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺁﺧﺬ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺁﺧﺬ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺁﺧﺬ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻔﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺿﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻘﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻏﺼﺒﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺇﺳﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﻔﻈﻪ " ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺨﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻬﺎ "‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﻌﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻲ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ( ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫)‪(٤٠٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪ (١٠٠ / ١‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻌﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٢٢١ / ١‬ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻨﺠﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﻠﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ " ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺖ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﻮﻙ " )‪ (١٩٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﺬ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺼﻄﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺭﺳﻼ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ( ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٩٤ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺛﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﻲ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ (١٩٨٠ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٠٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻬﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺘﺎﺏ[‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ[‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪،٩٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ )‪(١٣٥ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻇﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺆﺳﺲ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ )ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ( ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٨١٩‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻢ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻨﻊ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ " )‪ (٢٣٦ / ٢‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫])ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ؟‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(٤٠٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ،(١٩٧‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ )‪،(١٩٨‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻼﻍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ )‪ ،(١٩٩‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫)‪(٢٠٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ )‪ ،(٢٠١‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻃﻐﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ( ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ )‪.(٢٠٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪) :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﻰ( ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١٩٧‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺘﻪ( ﻓﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬
‫)‪ (١٩٨‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ!!‬
‫)‪ (١٩٩‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ؟! ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٠‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٠١‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟!! ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻻ!! ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ!! ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻗﺮﺏ!! ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻭﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؟! ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٢‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺪﻙ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٠٩‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺏ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺛﺮ ﻗﻢ ﻓﺄﻧﺬﺭ( )‪.[(٢٠٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺬﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﺊ )‪ ،(٢٠٤‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻘﺪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﺔ " ﺹ )‪:(١٥٢‬‬
‫" ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٣‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺪﻙ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ )ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﺗﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﻴﻦ!!( ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺑﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﻢ!! ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ!! ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ " ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻌﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﻭﺃﻳﺪﺕ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺗﺒﻨﻴﺖ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ!! ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ؟! ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻠﺴﻒ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻈﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‪ " :‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ " ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﺍﻝ؟! ﻭﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؟! ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﺖ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﻳﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺘﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻣﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ " )‪ (٢٠٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻌﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ،(٢٠٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٥‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻓﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻤﺤﻼﺗﻪ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ " ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻨﺒﻪ " ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ‪ -‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻻ ﻣﺒﺮﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ "!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﺛﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ " ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻻ ﻣﺒﺮﺭ ﻟﻪ " ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ " ﻻ ﻣﺴﻮﻍ ﻟﻪ " ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻎ ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ!! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!! ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺳﻮﻍ( ﻭﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺑﺮﺭ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ[!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٦‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﺢ ﻭﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻻ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ(!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ " )‪ (٣٦٩ / ١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺪ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ " ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻔﻮﺓ‪." ...‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(١٩٨ / ٧‬‬
‫" ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻋﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻓﻘﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻧﻲ " ﺹ )‪ (٦٧‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻬﻼ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ " ﺹ )‪:(١١٤‬‬
‫" ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ -‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪." ...‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻃﻴﻞ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١١‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﺒﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺳﺒﺄ‪ ،٢٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،١٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ * ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﻴﻨﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٥١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ١ :‬ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ * ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫)‪(٤١٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﻮﻥ * ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺰﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.٢٩ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ " ﺹ )‪:(٦٨‬‬
‫" ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻷﻧﺬﺭﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﻎ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،١٨ :‬ﻓﻴﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺋﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻚ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺑﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻀﺮﻭﻥ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ )‪ ،(٢٠٧‬ﻭﻳﺤﻀﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻴﻦ( ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ )‪.(٢٠٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﻓﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٣٠٤ / ٦‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٣١٢ / ٧‬ﻓﺘﺢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢٥٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺫﻛﺮﻙ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺮﺿﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﻨﻮﻟﻴﻨﻚ ﻗﺒﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﺿﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ( ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ *‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺃﻟﻢ ﻧﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺻﺪﺭﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻘﺾ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ(‪....‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ( )ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺡ( )ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ( )ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ( ﻭﻧﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ( )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ( ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﻩ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻔﺨﻴﻤﺎ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻕ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺆﻣﻨﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺼﺮﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺃﻗﺮﺭﺗﻢ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺗﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﺇﺻﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪.٨١ :‬‬

‫)‪(٤١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﻃﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻥ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺆﻣﻨﻦ ﺑﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺼﺮﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﻤﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﻭﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪) :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪.٨٩‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‪،،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ؟ " ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ " ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ "‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﺔ " ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﺗﺨﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺷﻘﺎ ‪ -‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺷﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻓﺸﻬﺪﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻧﻲ ﺁﺗﻚ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪.[(٢٩٢ / ٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (١٧٨٧ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﺮﺓ " ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﻷﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺚ ﺇﻧﻲ ﻷﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ "‪.‬‬
(٤١٦)
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٦٢٠ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻓﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺷﺠﺮ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬
‫)ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ﺃﻭ )ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻴﻦ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻛﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ " ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ )ﻭﺳﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﺣﺼﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٣٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٩٥ / ٥‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪(١٨٦ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ " ...‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٨٦ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٤١٣ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ " ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺹ ‪ ٧٢‬ﻭﺭﺩﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻒ!! ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ " :(٩٩ / ٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺘﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻼﻻ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٦ / ٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺪ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ‪ " :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ " ...‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪﻱ )‪ (٣١ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " )‪ (٣٧٢ / ١‬ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٤٦٤ / ١٠‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ " ﺹ )‪:(١٠٨‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺑﺨﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
(٤١٧)
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ " ﺗﺸﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ " ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫" ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺹ )‪.(٢٠٥ - ٢٠٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ " ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ " ﺹ )‪ (٩‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫])ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ؟ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻌﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻔﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺬﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻝ! ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺬﻓﻪ ﻧﻄﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺿﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﺨﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﺊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻓﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺌﻠﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ * ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﺍﻧﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺪﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻮﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤١٩‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ‪) -‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﻀﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻳﺼﻌﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎﻃﺶ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻼ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺃﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻌﻘﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ‪) -‬ﻓﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻌﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺼﻌﻘﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻌﻖ ﻭﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺪ ﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺭﺏ ﺭﺿﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺯﻧﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻚ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺇﻓﻀﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺬﺍﺭ )ﻭﺃﻧﺬﺭ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺗﻚ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﻴﻦ(‬

‫)‪(٤٢٠‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ )ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ( ﺛﻢ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ( ﺛﻢ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﻤﻢ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ( ﺛﻢ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺠﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺮﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ " ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ "‪ ،....‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻕ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻛﻮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻮﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻛﺒﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﺮﻗﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ " ﺳﻴﺪﻱ " ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺼﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻴﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ )ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻀﻌﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪(٤٢١‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺭﻫﺎﺻﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺑﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺤﻘﺖ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺃﺑﺮﻫﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺋﺒﺎ ﻫﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﻣﺮﺫﻭﻻ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺭﻫﺎﺻﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ )ﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﺤﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺬﺍ ﺑﻤﻈﺎﻫﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺪﺗﻪ ﻓﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺠﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺿﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻟﺒﺌﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﺘﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﺣﺘﻪ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﺎﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻓﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ!! ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺎﻃﻠﻪ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺳﻨﺴﺘﺪﺭﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ * ﻭﺃﻣﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٤٢٢‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻴﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ٤٥ :‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻮﺫﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺡ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺮﻕ ﺃﺭﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ )ﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻮﻟﻲ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺗﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻋﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻷﺟﺮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ * ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﻴﻦ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺳﺤﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﻫﺒﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﺤﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ * ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻖ ﻋﺼﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻓﻜﻮﻥ * ﻓﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺑﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﻓﻐﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﺻﺎﻏﺮﻳﻦ * ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﺳﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ * ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺑﻌﺼﺎﻩ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﻠﻖ ﻓﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻐﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺀﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻼ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻬﺪﻳﻦ *‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﺼﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﻠﻖ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ * ﻭﺃﺯﻟﻔﻨﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ * ﻭﺃﻧﺠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ * ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﺮﻗﻨﺎ‬

‫)‪(٤٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ * ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪.٦٧ :‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻚ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻳﺪﺗﻚ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﻭﻛﻬﻼ ﻭﺇﺫ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺗﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻲ ﻓﺘﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺮﺉ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﺹ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻛﻔﻔﺖ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺇﺫ ﺟﺌﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺤﺮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ١١٠ :‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺎﺗﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻰ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﻧﻘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﻟﺌﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻇﻬﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪.٨٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻔﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻁ ﻭﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﻟﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻼﻋﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫)ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ .١ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻄﺸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ " ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (١٧٨٢ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻧﻲ ﻷﻋﺮﻑ ﺣﺠﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺚ ﺇﻧﻲ ﻷﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺿﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)‪ ،(٢٠٩‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ....‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﺣﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻜﻢ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪.(٢١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(٢١١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ " )‪:(٨٩ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﻞ ﻓﺮﺿﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻫﺪﺭﺍ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )‪ (١٤٦ / ٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪ " :(٢١١ / ٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ "‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٠‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ ٣٩٧ / ١‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺭ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ "‬
‫)‪ " :(٢٤ / ٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ " ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ " )‪ (٣٠٥ - ٢٩٦ / ٢‬ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (١٤٤ / ١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (١٩٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٢٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " )‪ (١٤٧ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫" ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ " ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ "‬
‫)‪ " :(٣٢٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻳﺨﻄﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻳﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻴﻊ "‬
‫ﺹ )‪:(١٧١‬‬
‫" ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﻲ ﻳﺮﺯﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ " )‪:(٢٥ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ( ﻭﻻ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﻢ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻭ ﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ " ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ " ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ " ﺇﻧﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ " ﻭﻟﻴﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺮﻭﺣﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٢٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ( )‪.(٢١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻭﻻ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪،٣٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻴﺪ * ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ( ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺝ‪.٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺊ " )‪ (٢١٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ )‪ " (٢١٤‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ " ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻏﻀﺒﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫)‪ (٢١٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٨٦ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪.(٤٣١ / ٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺪﻝ )ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ( ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻭﻓﻮﻗﻪ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻧﻪ!! ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﻲ ﺹ )‪ (٩٣‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ!! ﻭﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٢٢ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢١٠٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٥٢٦ / ١٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ " )‪.(٢١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪:(٤١٣ / ١٣‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ‪ :-‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻞ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺁﺟﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺯﺍﻗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ( ﺃﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻡ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻵﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺯﺍﻕ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢٠٥١ / ٤‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ " )‪ (٢١٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٤٤ / ٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٥‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺹ )‪) (٣٧‬ﻣﻘﺮﺍ(‪ " :‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ "‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٦‬ﻭﺃﺧﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ!! ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ!! ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٢٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺑﻪ ﻭ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ( ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ )ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺹ ‪(٢٦٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺗﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻕ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﻭﻳﻌﺰ ﻭﻳﺬﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺅﻩ " )‪.(٢١٧‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٧‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ ،(٧٢ / ١٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﻣﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ! ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺇﺭﻭﺍﺀ ﻏﻠﻴﻠﻪ )‪ (١٠٧ / ٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‬
‫" ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺛﻘﻪ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺰﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﺤﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ؟! " ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ )‪ (١٧٦ - ١٧٥ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ " ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " )‪ ٢٨٠ / ٥‬ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺵ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻌﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻄﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺯﻝ ﺃﺳﻤﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ " :‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻟﻴﻦ " ﻭﻟﻴﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺻﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻂ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻓﺘﺮﻙ " ﻭﺗﺪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ!! ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻟﻠﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺿﻌﻴﻒ " ﺑﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻧﻪ!! ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻗﺪ ﺟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻﻕ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ،(١١٧ / ٩‬ﻭﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٦٦٧ / ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ " :(٢٠٤١ / ٤‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﻒ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣٠‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻄﺮﻭﻥ( ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻄﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ " :‬ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻﻕ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١١٧ / ٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺹ )‪:(١١٩‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻﻕ( ﺃﻱ ﻧﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﻻ ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺃﺯﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻮﺡ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺸﺊ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﻞ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٥٩ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٤٩ / ١‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﺮﺝ ﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ " ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(٢١٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٢٨٩ / ٦‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ " ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ " ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺇﺫ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫" ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ " ﻣﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ " ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ " ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ " ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ " ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ " ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺮﻯ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ " ﻓﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " ،‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ " ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪ ،(٢١٩‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (١١٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (٢١٧ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ " )‪ (٣ / ٩‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺹ )‪ (٣٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪ (٥٠ - ٤٨ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٣١٧ / ٥‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٥ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١٤ / ٢٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (٤٥٤ / ٤‬ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢١٩‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ " ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ " ﻣﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ " ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٣٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺯﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫" ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ "‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻇﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﺠﺮﻯ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ " ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺑﺪﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ " ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ[‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ " ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﺠﺮﻯ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣٣‬‬
‫)ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻋﺮﺵ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺴﻘﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺷﻬﺎ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻭﻋﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺷﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺷﻮﻥ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﺭﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻫﻮﺩﺝ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺮﻳﺸﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ‪ -‬ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺮﺷﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺷﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﺮﺷﻚ( ﻭﻛﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺛﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺅﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﻻ ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺯﺍﻟﺘﺎ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻜﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻓﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ " )‪(٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٠‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪] :(٤١١ / ١٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺫﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﺭﺽ ﻓﻼﺓ ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻛﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (٧٧ - ٧٦ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٩٤‬ﺹ )‪.(٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ (١٠ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ﺹ )‪ (٤٠٥‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (١٧٣ / ١‬ﻭﺻﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺹ )‪.(١٧٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
(٤٣٤)
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ( ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ‪ -‬ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ " )‪:(٣٢١ / ٤‬‬
‫])ﻭ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ( ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ " ﻓﺮﻓﻌﺖ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ " )‪ (٢٢١‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ " ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ " )‪ (٢٢٢‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ‪ :‬ﻭﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫)ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺮﺷﻬﺎ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺷﻬﺎ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﺃﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻋﺮﺷﻚ(‬
‫)ﻭ( ﻛﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ )ﺍﻟﻌﺰ( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ )ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ( ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ )ﺛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﺰﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺅﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﻨﻲ ﻟﺜﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺯﻫﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻛﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻑ ﻗﺪ ﺛﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫ ﺯﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻞ‬
‫)ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺭﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ( ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺷﻬﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﺖ ﻭﺧﺮﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٤٤ / ١‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٦٧٨ / ٨‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻘﻔﻪ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ " )‪ (٢٢٣‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ " ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻲ "‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٤‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺧﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﻭﺷﻬﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻘﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ )ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎ( ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻴﻄﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻬﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻌﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺴﺎﻗﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻠﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻬﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺷﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﺐ ﻭﺛﻤﺎﻡ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻈﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺮﻳﺶ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻧﺒﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻳﺸﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻈﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ " ﺑﻞ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻛﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ " )‪) (٢٢٥‬ﺝ( ﺃﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﻭﺵ ﻭﻋﺮﺵ( ﺑﻀﻤﺘﻴﻦ )ﻭﺃﻋﺮﺍﺵ ﻭﻋﺮﺷﺔ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﻓﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻭﺷﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺷﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﺮﻭﺵ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻷﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺮﻫﻦ ﻭﺭﻫﻦ ﻭﺳﺤﻞ ﻭﺳﺤﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺮﻫﻢ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺷﺎ ﺣﻮﻯ * ﻣﻤﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻇﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺪﺑﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺍﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﻝ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻫﻲ )ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻙ ﻭﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺯﺓ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ )ﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺍﻫﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺮﺣﻪ( ﺑﺤﻤﻞ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٥٠٣ - ١٥٠٢ / ٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ ،(١٧٩ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ ،(٤٢٩ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ " )‪ (٤٢٤ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٥‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ " )‪ (١٨ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣٦‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻓﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ " ﺍﻫﺘﺰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻌﺪ " )‪ (٢٢٦‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﻩ ﺯﺯ " ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫)ﻭ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ( ﺑﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ[ ﺍ ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺿﺌﻴﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻟﻬﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻌﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺎﻵﺩﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺴﻒ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻡ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(١٢٤ / ٧‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﻴﺔ " ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ )‪ (٢٢٧‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻟﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﺧﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ " ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ )‪ (٢٢٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٢٣ / ٧‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٩١٥ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٧‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺍﻫﺘﺰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ " ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (١٢٣ / ٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٨‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ " )‪ (٤ / ٢‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (٧٧ - ٧٦ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٩٤‬ﺹ )‪.(٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ (١٠ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ﺹ )‪ (٤٠٥‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (١٧٣ / ١‬ﻭﺻﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺹ )‪.(١٧٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
(٤٣٧)
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ " )ﺹ ‪ (١١٣‬ﻣﺆﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺛﻞ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻓﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ " ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻟﻚ )‪ ،(٢٢٩‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺰﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺹ‬
‫)([ ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٩‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻮﻫﻴﻦ!! ﻷﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ( ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﺾ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٣٨‬‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ (٩ / ٣‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪)] :‬ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ( ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪(١٠ / ٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ (٢٧٨ / ٣‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪:(٢٧٧ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺊ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ! ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،١٧ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ )ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﻀﻠﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٣٩‬‬
‫)ﻓﺼﻞ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺳﺌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ!! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﺠﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻜﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺫﻡ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ " )‪ ،(٢٥١ / ٩‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ " )‪ ،(٢٢ / ١‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ (٣٩ / ١٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٢٨٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ "‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ " :(٣١٧ / ١‬ﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺠﺎﻉ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺱ ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ " ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻇﻬﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻱ )‪ ،(١٩٠ / ٢٤‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪ (٣٢٣ / ٦‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺤﺤﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ﺹ )‪ (٤٠٤‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ " :‬ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ "‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻸﻃﻴﻂ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻃﻴﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ! ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ " ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺘﻪ " )‪ ٢٥٧ / ٢‬ﻭ ‪!!!(٣٠٧‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )ﻭﺳﻊ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ (١١ / ٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻩ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﻤﺎ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ [...‬ﻭﺩﻟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺿﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺿﻼﻝ!! ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﺟﺰﻡ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻆ " ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ " ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺰﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﻴﻞ ‪) -‬ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻭﺭﺍ( ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ‪-‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤١‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻓﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﻄﺎ ﻛﺄﻃﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻠﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ )‪ (١٠ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻇﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺪﺳﻮﺳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻪ )ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺹ )‪(٨٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٤٠٩‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪(٢٦٠ / ١‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻹﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ " )‪ (٢٥٦ / ٢‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ )‪ (١ / ١٠٠‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ )‪ (٥٩ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ " )‪ (١٣٥ - ١٣٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻨﻲ ﺹ )‪ ،(٢٦٣‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺹ )‪ (٢٤٧‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻲ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﺑﺎﻟﻲ "‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪.(٨٤ / ٢‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺱ ﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ )‪[(٥٣٩ / ٢٩‬‬
‫)‪(٢٣٠‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺆﻟﺆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﺔ " )‪ (١٨٠ / ٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪:(١٢٦ / ١‬‬
‫" ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﻮﻥ " ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ " ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻸﺻﻮﻝ " )‪ (٦٠ / ١‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻨﻪ!! ]ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﺎ[ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ " )‪ (١٠١ / ١‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺪﺩﻩ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ "!! ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ " :(١٤٩ / ٣‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺟﻴﺪ "‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ " )‪ " :(٢٢١ / ١‬ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻇﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺿﻞ ﺿﻼﻻ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٣٦ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺤﺪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺤﺪﻫﺎ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻓﺎﺗﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫)ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻘﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٧٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺤﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،٤٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٩‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ * ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ( ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.٤٢ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻒ ﺷﻴﺚ )ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ( ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻔﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ * ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺯﺑﻮﺭﺍ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ١٦٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ( ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.١٩ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺟﺎﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻨﺺ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﺬﻭﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ * ﻓﺒﺄﻱ ﺁﻻﺀ ﺭﺑﻜﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﺬﺑﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ٣٤ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ * ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﻓﺂﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪.٢ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﻔﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﻩ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺼﺘﻮﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻲ ﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ * ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ * ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺟﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﺠﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ( ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،٣١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺣﺸﺮ ﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺯﻋﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،١٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻏﺪﻭﻫﺎ‬

‫)‪(٤٤٦‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻧﺬﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺮ( ﺳﺒﺄ‪.١٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺨﺎﺭ *‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ١٥ :‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻢ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢٢٩٤ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺴﺄﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮ ﺗﺒﻴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺜﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻦ( ﺳﺒﺄ‪ ١٤ :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺳﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ ‪ -‬ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺣﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٣٠٤ / ٦‬ﻓﺘﺢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻃﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺐ ﻓﺸﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ )ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻠﺌﺖ ﺣﺮﺳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺷﻬﺒﺎ * ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻊ ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺑﺎ ﺭﺻﺪﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫" ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ " ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﺹ )‪ (١٠٦‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ "‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻻ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻓﻔﺴﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻪ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،٥٠ :‬ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ( ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٧‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺘﻨﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻳﻨﺰﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺎﺳﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺮﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺁﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻬﻢ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٢٧ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(١٨٦ / ٧‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻬﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻒ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻬﻢ( ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﺰ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﺳﻴﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺃﺧﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻷﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻮﺛﻘﺎ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ " ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ [.‬ﺍ ﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ " )‪:(١٤٨ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺐ )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻟﻶﺑﺮﻱ( ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻣﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ‬

‫)‪(٤٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺃﺑﻄﻠﻨﺎ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻭﻗﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻬﻢ( ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻋﻢ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (٤٨٧ / ٤‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪/ ٤‬‬
‫‪(٤٨٨‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻮﻑ‪ " ...‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٨٧ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (١٥٨ / ٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫)‪ (٤٥٩ - ٤٥٨ / ٣‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺭ!! )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٢٠١ / ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪ " :(١١٨ / ١٠‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ ٥١ / ٢٠‬ﻭ ‪ (١٠١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٢٣٦ / ١٩‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪ " :(٣٢٣ / ٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺛﻘﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺿﻌﻒ "‬
‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٤٩‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ " )‪.(١١١ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ[‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " )‪ (٣٨٤ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﻋﻔﺮﻳﺘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻳﻔﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺬﻋﺘﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﺧﻨﻘﺘﻪ(‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﻫﻤﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺭﺏ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻫﺐ ﻟﻲ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ(‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺳﺌﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ[‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ " )‪:(٤٨٧ / ٤‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻭﻛﻠﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺤﺜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﺭﻓﻌﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﺳﻴﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻴﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺬﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺻﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺤﺜﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﺭﻓﻌﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻨﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﺳﻴﺮﻙ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻜﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻴﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،.‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺬﺑﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺻﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺤﺜﻮ‬

‫)‪(٤٥٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﺭﻓﻌﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻨﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻦ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻚ ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻨﻚ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﺳﻴﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺨﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻚ ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻚ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺮﺹ ﺷﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ "[‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪) ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻴﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺻﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﺍ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ )ﻗﺰﻡ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﻧﺮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥١‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺮﻉ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻃﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺎﺳﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺳﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻈﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١٠٢ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﻓﺒﻌﺰﺗﻚ ﻷﻏﻮﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ( ﺹ‪،٨٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻳﻈﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻭﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻳﻌﻮﺫﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻓﺰﺍﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺭﻫﻘﺎ( ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪،٦ :‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻧﺎﺛﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ * ﻟﻌﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﺗﺨﺬﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺿﺎ * ﻭﻷﺿﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻷﻣﻨﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻵﻣﺮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺒﺘﻜﻦ ﺁﺫﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻵﻣﺮﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﻐﻴﺮﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺴﺮ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ * ﻳﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻤﻨﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻏﺮﻭﺭﺍ * ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﺄﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﺼﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻭﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﺼﺮﻉ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﻏﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻰ ﻭﻳﺆﺫﻭﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺜﺨﻨﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﺯﺍﻋﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺿﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﺷﻌﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻤﻘﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻨﻴﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻳﻪ!! ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺿﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩﺓ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!! ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌﻮﺫﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﻥ‬

‫)‪(٤٥٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻞ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻐﻨﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺃﻻ ﺳﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﺬﺍﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌﻮﺫﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺣﺮ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻤﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﺮﺿﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺷﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻋﻴﻞ؟! ﺣﺎﺷﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﺒﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﻳﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺘﻠﺒﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻜﺮ ﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﻋﻤﻲ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١١٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺻﺮﻉ ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺻﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻓﻴﻚ " ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻜﺸﻒ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺔ( ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺗﻜﺸﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺒﺴﻚ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٤‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺻﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﺟﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻟﻮﻥ!! ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﻀﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻌﻼ ﺑﺠﻨﻲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺨﺪﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﻠﻠﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺒﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ )ﻭﻷﺿﻠﻨﻬﻢ( ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻋﻔﺎﺭﻳﺖ ﻣﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﺎﺭﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ؟!!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪:(٢٢٣ / ١٤‬‬
‫]ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ " ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺊ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﺮﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻄﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻟﻮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﺬﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺘﻀﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ )‪ (٢٣١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺏ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣١‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻛﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﺗﻴﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٤٨ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ " :‬ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ؟‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻓﻼ ﺗﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٥٠ / ٤‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ " ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺊ " ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻳﺨﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻘﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺨﻠﻄﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻛﺬﺑﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ (١٧٥١ / ٤‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺣﻪ " ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )‪:(٢٢٧ / ١٤‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻣﺴﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻓﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﻥ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﻐﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪(٤٢٩ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫)‪.(٨ / ١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ " )‪:(٢٢ / ٦‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻨﻴﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫])ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺴﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ )ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺇﻥ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﺳﻄﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)]ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ[ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺄﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻨﻄﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ )ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺏ( ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫)ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻪ( ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺃﻏﻔﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،١٠٠‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻳﺪﻓﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪(٤٥٨‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻌﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺬﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻝ‪) ،‬ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮ( ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫)ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ )‪ ،(٢٣٢‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ( ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٢‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻴﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﻴﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ( ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪ .١١ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻛﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﻴﻴﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .٢٨ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻷﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺗﺎﻥ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٥٩‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ )‪ ،(٢٣٣‬ﻭﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ )ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ( ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ )‪) ،(٢٣٤‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ( ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻗﻞ ﺃﺗﺨﺬﺗﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺃﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ * ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻃﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪) ،٨١ :‬ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ( ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،٩٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﺇﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﻒ ﻋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺣﻤﻨﺎ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٢٨٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻄﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻼ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪،١٠٢ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٣‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻛﺜﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﻟﻊ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " )‪ (١٨٩ / ٢٤‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ!! ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " )‪ :(٧٥ / ١٥‬ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻐﻔﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ (٦٤٠ / ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻓﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ .(٥١ / ٧‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ " )‪ " :(٢٣٨ / ٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻩ "‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ "‬
‫)‪ (٤٦ / ٣‬ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٠‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﺄﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ( ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻓﺄﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺄﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺳﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،٩٩ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ " :(٢٥٤ / ٧‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺃﻓﺄﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ " ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻐﻔﺮﺗﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﻔﺮﺓ!!‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ .٩٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻭ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ .٦ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﻠﺺ ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﺠﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺠﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ‪) ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ( ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻧﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻳﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﻢ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﻴﻦ )‪(٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٥‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٢٩ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٠٨ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻳﺤﻂ ﺭﺣﻼ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺒﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻘﺘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻧﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ " :(٤٨٩ / ٧‬ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﺎﺋﺮ‪ ...‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٠٧ / ١‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺒﺮ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻛﻼ!! ﺇﻧﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺓ ﻏﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺓ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٤٧ ١ / ٧‬ﻭ ‪ (٤٧٥‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٤٢ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺷﺬﻭﺫ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ]ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٢٣ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ [(٦٥٥ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺠﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﻓﺄﺛﻨﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻭﺟﺒﺖ " ﺛﻢ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺄﺛﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﺍ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﺟﺒﺖ " ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺒﺖ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻮﺟﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﺍ ﻓﻮﺟﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦١‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻰ( ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪،٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻧﺤﺴﺒﻪ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺰﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ " )‪،(٢٣٦‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪) ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻨﻄﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٧٦ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٢‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻌﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻓﻴﻌﺬﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﺏ ﻣﻤﻞ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ .٣٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ .٢٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ‪.١١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ " ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٤٢ .‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻌﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ‬

‫)‪(٤٦٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺳﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ ﻧﻘﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ )‪ (٢٣٧‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ؟!! ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٨٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻐﻲ ﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ )‪!!(٢٣٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺣﺴﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﻑ؟! " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ﻋﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻮﺷﺐ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫)‪ (٤٦٢ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ " )‪:(٣٨٢ / ٦‬‬
‫" ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ " ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ " )‪ (١٩٣ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫)‪.(٢٢٠ / ٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٨‬ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻙ " ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " ﻭ " ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ " ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻈﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ!! ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻸ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ " ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ؟!‬

‫)‪(٤٦٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺟﺒﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ " ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ )‪ (٤٦٢ / ٤‬ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻋﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻫﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ )‪ " :(٤٦٢ / ٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻏﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻀﻞ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ " ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﺮﻕ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺄﻟﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺗﻪ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ " ...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ " :‬ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﺴﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻛﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺛﻘﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺍﺀ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ " :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍﺑﺖ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻼ " ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪/ ٦‬‬
‫‪(٣٨٢‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٥‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺼﻔﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺮﺡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻓﻴﻄﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻛﺸﺎﺓ ﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﺦ!!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻃﻌﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺨﺎﻑ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻀﻤﺎ " ﻃﻪ‪.١٢٢ :‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻐﺼﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻙ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﻕ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺬﺑﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻘﻰ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ "!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﻷﻟﺤﻘﻨﻚ ﺑﺄﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ " )‪ [(٥٤٤ / ١‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ!‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻛﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻗﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺭﻗﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺪﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ " :‬ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻩ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‪ " :‬ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ "‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺪﺑﺔ ﻫﺎﻟﻚ " ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫" ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪ ،(٤٦٣ / ٤‬ﻭ " ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " )‪.(٧١ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٦‬‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ "‬
‫)‪ ،(٢١٨ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﺍﻟﻶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ " )‪.(٤١٥ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺫﻧﺐ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻭﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻓﻈﻊ ﻫﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺷﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺶ ﻭﻻ ﻟﺬﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻤﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﺊ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎﺕ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ؟!!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )‪ " :(٣٨٢ / ٦‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ )‪:(٤٦٢ / ٤‬‬
‫" ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺮﺓ ﻣﻴﺘﺎ ﺗﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻜﻨﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٧‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪] :(٢٦٠ / ١٠‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺟﻴﺐ " ﺛﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﺄ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ [....‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ )‪٢٣٥ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ( ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺟﻴﺐ "[ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ!! ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ " ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ " ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " )‪ " :(٤٠ / ٢‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻂ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪] .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " )‪ .[(١٢٥٧ / ١٧‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﺪﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ " ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٧‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ " ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٨‬‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٥٤ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪.(٣٤٤ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ )ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ‪(٣١٤ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ )‪ ،(٢٣٩‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ )‪.(٢٤٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٣٩‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ )‪ (٣٩٠ / ٤‬ﻭﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ )‪ (٣٣٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ "‬
‫)‪.(٩٠ / ٨‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٠‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺹ )‪ (٤٦٨ - ٤٤٨‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﻭﺣﻖ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ!! ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٦٩‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺓ؟! ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺳﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻜﺮ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻭﺳﻜﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﻡ( ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﺭﺟﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﺃﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻗﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺤﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺎﺓ ﻓﺘﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٢٥٤ / ٣‬ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ " ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺘﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻤﺌﻨﺔ * ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ * ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺩﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻨﺘﻲ( ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ " ٣٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ‬

‫)‪(٤٧٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺫﻭﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ * ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻈﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ( ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،٥١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ *‪ * ........‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻓﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﺄﺣﺒﻂ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪.٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫)ﻛﺒﺮﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.٥ :‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻻﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (١‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٣٠٨ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ " )‪ (٢٤١‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ " :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺮﺟﺲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺛﻘﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ " ﻓﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ " ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ﻏﻠﻄﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤١‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ (٣٠٧ / ١٠‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺮﺟﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ ،(٣٦٢ / ١١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٥١٨ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ ٦٤ / ٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٧٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٧٧‬ﻭ ‪ (١٥١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٤٦٥ / ٢‬ﻭ )‪ (٥٦ / ٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧١‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ " (٣٦١ / ١١‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ " ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ!! ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ " ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﻥ " ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻻﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ "‬
‫ﺹ )‪.(٣٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺄﺧﻄﺄﻭﺍ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﻋﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﻮﻋﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻋﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻋﻚ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ "‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﺃﺫﻯ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(١١١ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٩٩١ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‪ " :‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻤﻌﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻓﻠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻋﻜﺎ ﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ " ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ( ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﺀﻩ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ " )‪ (٢٤٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٥٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٠٦٥ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﺮﺣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ " ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺮﺍﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ " )‪ (٢٤٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺑﻄﻮﺍ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻋﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﻟﻢ ﺃﺧﻄﺄﻭﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ )ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺴﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ!! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ " ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﻨﺔ "‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ * ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ * ﻋﻦ ﺯﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٦٢ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٥٦ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪،١٠٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺛﻮﺏ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺫﺭﻉ )‪ (٢٤٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﺄﻃﻴﺐ ﺭﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺑﻐﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ؟! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻛﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻀﺮ ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺨﻮﻃﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﺄﻧﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺟﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٤‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٢ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٨٤ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (٨ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ ،(٣٥٣ / ١‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (٢٨٥ / ٧‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٠٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻧﻀﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺘﻪ )ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﻄﻮﻁ )‪:(١٦٤ / ٢‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺖ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﻗﺒﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ( ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ...‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻠﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻮﻡ * ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ * ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ * ﻓﻠﻮﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻴﻦ * ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ * ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ * ﻓﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ * ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ *‬
‫ﻓﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ * ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺬﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻴﻦ * ﻓﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻴﻢ * ﻭﺗﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،٩٤ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺴﺒﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺗﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ * ﻓﺮﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ١٧٠ :‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫)ﺃﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺗﺘﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺰﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﺑﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ * ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻧﺰﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ( ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.٣٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ (١٥٠٢ / ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﻃﻴﺮ ﺧﻀﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻨﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺗﺴﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀﺕ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ " )‪(٤٥٥ / ٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ ،(٦٤ / ١٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ " :(٤٣٧ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " ﺃﻭ " ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﻃﻴﺮ ﺧﻀﺮ " ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﺸﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺁﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ( ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،٤٦ :‬ﻓﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺫﻭﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻈﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ( ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.٥١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻄﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺠﺰﻭﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﻜﺒﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٩٣ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ " ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫)‪:(١١٣‬‬
‫]ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ[ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ )‪ (٣٢‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍ ﻩ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﺸﻴﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻠﻐﺖ ﺟﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍ ﻩ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻃﺆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ‬

‫)‪(٤٧٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ " ...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٦٣٩ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٤٦٠‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪(٤٦ / ٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺫﺍﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺮﺑﻠﻮﻩ!! ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺻﺮﺍ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﻀﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻳﻀﻤﻪ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻟﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﺰ ﻟﻤﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ!! ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻧﺠﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .١١٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻠﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪(٤٧٨‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،٣٢ :‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٥٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٠٢ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭ )ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪.٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻀﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﺎﺋﻠﻪ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ .٣٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺨﺎﻑ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻀﻤﺎ( ﻃﻪ‪.١٢٢ :‬‬
‫‪ (٣‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٣٢ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٢٠١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﺴﺢ ﻟﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ( ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٣٨٣ / ٣‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (١٠٧١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪(٣٨١ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪(٣٧٩ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ )‪ .(٢٤٥‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٥‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (٤٧٥٣‬ﻭ " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ " )‪ (٣٥٦ / ١‬ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ!! ﻭﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!! ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٧٩‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﺴﺢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻢ!!‬
‫‪ (٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﺎ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺣﺬﻓﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺿﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻤﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ!!‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (١٠٠ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ( ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺿﻢ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﻪ " )‪ (٢٤٦‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٦‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ )‪ (٦٦٠ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٣٧٩ / ٧‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ ١٠ / ٦‬ﻭ ‪ (١٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫)‪ ٣٦٠ / ٣‬ﻭ ‪ (٣٧٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ " )‪ (٢٩ / ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺭﻓﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺞ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪ (٤٢٢ / ١٠‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ " )‪ ،(١٢٦ / ٤‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ )‪ (٢٣٣ / ٣‬ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺪﺩ ﺹ )‪ (١٢٧‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺼﺐ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٧ / ٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻗﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻤﻸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ‪" ...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ‪.[٤٢٢ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺿﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻏﻤﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﺪﻋﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ " )‪.(٢٤٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ؟!! ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ؟!! ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺑﻄﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ )‪ (٢٤٨‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﻓﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺑﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ ٢٥٧ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٧٤٥‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ )‪ ٤٣٣ / ٢٢‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (١٠٥٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ )‪ (٣٢١ / ٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ )‪ ،(٤٢٦ / ٢‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٨‬ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ )‪ (٤٢٣ / ١٠‬ﻭﻋﺰﻫﺎ ﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ " ﺑﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻦ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٨١‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ " ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻓﺪﻋﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻔﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺿﻤﺖ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ "!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪ (٤٢٣ / ١٠‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺻﻐﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺒﻴﺎ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻟﻮ ﺃﻓﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻷﻓﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ " )‪ ....(٢٤٩‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻣﺎ ﻋﻔﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﺳﺪ " ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ " ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻫﻤﺎ )‪!!![(٢٥٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺿﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﺑﻨﺘﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٤٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ (١٢١ / ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (٥٣٦ / ٢‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ١ / ٧٠‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺣﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪:(٤٧ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٠‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺿﻌﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺰﻭﻟﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺮﺿﻰ(؟!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺭ؟!! ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺗﻴﺌﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻔﻮﻩ ﻭﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ!! ﻓﻮﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ!!‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ!! ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺗﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻴﻠﻄﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺰﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﺋﻠﻪ )‪!!(٢٠١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ]" ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪:[" (٤٢٣ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻐﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ )‪ (٢٠٢‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﺗﺤﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ " )‪ " :(٤٢٢ / ١٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺜﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻮﺍﺗﻘﻪ ﻭﺻﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺜﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺫﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٢‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻏﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺪﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺣﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺠﻴﺌﻮﻥ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ؟!!‬

‫)‪(٤٨٣‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﺿﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻄﻴﻌﺎ ﺿﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎ ﺿﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻒ ﺳﺨﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻹﺛﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ!! ﻭﺇﻥ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﺸﻜﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻐﻤﺰ ﺑﺮﺃﺳﻪ ﻏﻤﺰﺍ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻀﻐﻄﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻛﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺔ "[ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺳﻄﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮ )‪(٢٥٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺑﺨﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ )‪ (٢٥٤‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٣‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺬﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ!! ﻓﻜﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﺍ ﻷﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺿﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺮﺑﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﺨﻮﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ!! ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺿﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺑﻄﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٤‬ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ؟!! ﺛﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺒﻲ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺇﺛﻤﺎ ﻭﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ؟!!‬

‫)‪(٤٨٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻝ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﻭ )ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻪ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ!! ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ .٤٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ .٤٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻚ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﻀﺎﻋﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺆﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.٤٠ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺋﺐ؟!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﻼﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺁﻻﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺟﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻛﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻻﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺰﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻛﺮﺏ ﺃﺑﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ " ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (١٤٩ / ٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٨٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﻄﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻜﺸﻔﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﻙ ﻓﺒﺼﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﺨﻮﻓﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ )‪.(٢٥٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٥‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻳﺬﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻛﺎ ﻟﺤﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺸﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻦ ﺃﻣﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺛﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻨﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻛﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﻟﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺑﻠﻴﻞ " ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺭﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺯﻋﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ " :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺗﻴﺘﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥١٠ / ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻬﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻴﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﻛﻞ ﺗﻤﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺘﻞ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٤٩ / ١‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ " :‬ﺃﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺫﻯ ﻭﻧﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﺐ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻭﺣﺰﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻚ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺑﻼﻻ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﻭﺍ ﺣﺰﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍ ﻃﺮﺑﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻏﺪﺍ ﻧﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻭﺣﺰﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ " )‪(٣٣٠ / ١٠‬‬
‫)‪(٢٥٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ]ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٢٩٤ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ )‪(٣٥٨ / ٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ[‪:‬‬
‫" ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ‪ -‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ‪ -‬ﻓﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﺚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺻﺒﺮﻱ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٢٧٨ / ١٨‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺅﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ ..‬ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻔﺮﺍﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺴﻬﺮ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ " )‪.(٤٥٩ / ١١‬‬

‫)‪(٤٨٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺾ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻚ؟ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻏﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺒﺊ ‪ -‬ﻓﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﺸﺮﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ )‪،(٢٥٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻻﺗﻪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﻄﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﺩﺃﺏ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻏﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﺎ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺎﻟﺠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﺮﻫﺒﻮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻓﺎﺣﺶ!! ﻓﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻬﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺂﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٧‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!! ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ!! ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺇﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ!! ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٤٨٩‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻔﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻼﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺗﻔﻨﻨﺎ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻋﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺡ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )ﺃﻻ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ(!! ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺑﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﺮﻭﺍ "‬
‫ﻓﻮﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﺘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻋﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ‪ ......‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ!!‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ )ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺖ( ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺕ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺿﺎﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺶ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ( ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬

‫)‪(٤٩٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺥ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺠﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﻠﺘﻪ ﺣﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٢٣٣ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺷﻬﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺿﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ " ﺍ ﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﺇﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ )ﻓﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ‬

‫)‪(٤٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (٢٣٤ / ٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫" ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ "( ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺂﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺪ "‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ( ﻓﻤﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ( ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ )‪ (١٣٧ / ٦‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺙ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺿﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺂﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ )ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﻼ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٣٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١١٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻭﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٤٩٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٢٧٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ( ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،١٠٣ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺰﻋﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ!! ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪.٨٩ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﺨﻮﻓﻮﻧﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻫﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﺰ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﺮﺣﺎ ﺑﻠﻘﻴﺎﻩ )‪ ،(٢٥٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻐﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻄﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻛﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٨‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ )‪ ١٠٠ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٠٥٥‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﺳﺤﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺰﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺫ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺿﻢ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ " ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٣٧٩ / ٧‬ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺷﺎﺫ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٥٥ / ٦‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٧ / ٥‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﺘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (١٢١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻓﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻷﻓﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٩٣‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫)ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻭﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﻠﺘﺠﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻻ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ( ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻃﺎﻋﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻴﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬

‫)‪(٤٩٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻳﺪﺧﻼﻥ ﻭﻳﻮﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺟﻼﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺎﺩﻻﻥ ﻓﻴﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﺭﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺂﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺏ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﺿﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺼﻞ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻸﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻇﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ( ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،٢٢ :‬ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ )‪ (٥٦٠ / ٣‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺔ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺻﻴﺮﻭﺭﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻻ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﻻ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ( ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪ " ٢٢ :‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺇﺫ‬

‫)‪(٤٩٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻳﻦ( )‪ (٢٥٩‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٨٨ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ " :(٢٠٨ / ١١‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠١ / ٧‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٤٣ / ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻛﻢ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺣﻘﺎ؟ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ :(٣٠١ / ٧‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺴﺮﻛﻢ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺃﻃﻌﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ؟ ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺣﻘﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٥٩‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻳﻦ( ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ١١‬ﺟﺰﺀ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪:(١٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﺄﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺑﺮﻳﻦ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺩﺑﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻐﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺼﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻪ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻟﻮﺍ( ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩ )‪ (٦٣٤ / ٢‬ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٩٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٣٠٤ / ٧‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺑﻜﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ "‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪ (٤٢١ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ )‪ " :(٤٧٩ / ٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﻦ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ " ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ " )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ‪/ ٢‬‬
‫‪:(١٧٠‬‬
‫]ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺬﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻘﺒﺮ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ " ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ )‪ (١٣٧ / ٦‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻹﻏﺎﺛﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٤٩٧‬‬
‫" ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ )ﺇﻧﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ( ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ )‪:(١٤٧ / ٢‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺿﻴﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ )ﻗﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﻛﻢ ﺣﺼﺮﺕ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭ )ﺣﺘﻰ( ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ )ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ )ﺣﺘﻰ( ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺗﻜﺮﺭﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ[‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٤٩٨‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﺰﻟﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺴﻄﺎ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﺴﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺰﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺼﻠﺤﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺬﻫﺒﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻌﺮﺿﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺌﻦ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻷﺟﺒﺘﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )‪ ٤٦٢ / ١١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦٥٨٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ .(٥٩٥ / ٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ "‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ "‬
‫)‪ " :(٢١١ / ٨‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻷﺟﺒﺘﻪ( ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ (٢٠٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﻔﻖ ﻧﻌﺎﻟﻬﻢ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺮ " )‪] :(١٣٧ / ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺮ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻻﺣﻘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ "[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٤٩٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ " ﺹ )‪:(٢٦٠) (٢٥٨‬‬
‫" ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻬﻢ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻹﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪ ،١٠ :‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻗﺪ " )‪ (٢٦١‬ﻭﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻴﺘﻨﺎ " )‪ (٢٦٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ " ...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻼﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺃﺑﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫)‪ ١٤٠٣‬ﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ " )‪.(٦٦٩ / ٢‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ " )‪ (٣٦٨ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (٢١١ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٤ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ ٧٤ / ٤‬ﺻﻐﺮﻯ( ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٤٨٠ / ١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪(٣٤٠ / ٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٠‬‬
‫" ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺖ ﻓﺄﻟﺤﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺷﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﻨﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺑﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﺎﺗﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ " )‪.(٢٦٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ " ﺹ )‪ (٢٥٤‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺭﻭﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻷﺧﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﺎﺗﻤﺘﻬﺎ )‪ [(٢٦٤‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻣﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺋﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ (٢٢١ / ١٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ "‬
‫)‪ " :(٤٤ / ٣‬ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻮﻥ "‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ " ﺳﻴﺪﻱ " ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ " ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺔ " ﺹ )‪ ،(١١٠‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻱ )‪ ،(٥٣٨ - ٥٣٧ / ٢٢‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ (٤٤٤ / ١٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (١٦ / ٧‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺒﺴﻮﻩ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ "‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٤‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ " )‪.(٥٦ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻭﻫﺒﻮﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻦ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪/ ١٨‬‬
‫‪(٢٨٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﺘﻤﺎﺕ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ[‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ!! ﺑﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻰ( ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ ،٣٩ :‬ﻭﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻪ " )‪.(٢٦٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ " ﺳﻴﺪﻱ " ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ " ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ " )‪ ،(٢٦٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﻒ ‪ -‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﺴﻌﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻪ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻌﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ )‪ - (٢٦٧‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﺤﻬﺎ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٢٥٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٦‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺬﻳﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ‪ " :‬ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٧‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﻓﻴﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻚ ﻧﺪﻳﻨﻚ!!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٠٢‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﻰ( ﻭﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺘﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻰ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻪ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻻ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ؟! ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺣﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﺮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﺒﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٣‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﻴﻤﻴﻦ )ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮﻫﻤﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺘﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻌﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺷﺮﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍ ﻩ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﻧﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﻫﻢ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪.١٨ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.١٥٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪.٨٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﻘﺐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ * ﻳﻐﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫)‪(٥٠٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ * ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪.١١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻤﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ‪ .٦١ :‬ﻭﻗﺮﺉ )ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪) :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﺏ ﻳﻨﺴﻠﻮﻥ * ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.٩٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " )‪ (٢٢٢٥ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺬﺍﻛﺮﻭﻥ؟ " ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ " ﻓﺬﻛﺮ " ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺴﻒ ﺑﺠﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺗﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺸﺮﻫﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﺎ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺿﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺘﻬﺎ " ﻓﺎﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪(٢٢٦٠ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﺧﺮﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ " )‪ (٢١٩ / ٢‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٥٤٦ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻷﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺟﺞ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻠﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻐﻤﺾ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻴﻄﺄﻃﺊ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﺴﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻇﻔﺮﺓ ﻏﻠﻴﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺐ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٤٩ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ ،(٢٢٥١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻏﺪﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ )‪.(٢٦٨‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻇﻨﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ " ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻜﻢ؟ " ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻏﺪﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻔﻀﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻇﻨﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﻮﻓﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺣﺠﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻧﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﻣﺮﺀ ﺣﺠﻴﺞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﺏ ﻗﻄﻂ )‪ .(٢٦٩‬ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻓﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺄﻧﻲ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻯ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺗﺢ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ )‪.(٢٧٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٨‬ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻓﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ(‪ :‬ﺑﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﺨﻔﺾ ﺑﻤﻨﻰ ﺣﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻈﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺨﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻮﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ " ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻤﺤﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺘﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻨﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺨﻔﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻼﻏﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٦٩‬ﻗﻄﻂ( ﺃﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻠﺠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٠‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﺒﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﺙ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺙ ﺷﻤﺎﻻ )‪ .(٢٧١‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺜﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺄﻳﺎﻣﻜﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ! ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻜﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻻ ﺍﻗﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ )‪ " (٢٧٢‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﺎﻟﻐﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺑﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﻤﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﺎﺭﺣﺘﻬﻢ‪.،‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺯﺍ )‪ ،(٢٧٣‬ﻭﺃﺳﺒﻐﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧١‬ﻓﻌﺎﺙ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺙ ﺷﻤﺎﻻ( ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﺎﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٢‬ﺃﻗﺪﻭﺭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻗﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻀﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻀﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٣‬ﻓﺘﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﺎﺭﺣﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻋﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻨﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺳﺒﻐﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ‬

‫)‪(٥٠٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﺮﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺤﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (٢٧٤‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻲ ﻛﻨﻮﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻌﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ " )‪ .(٢٧٥‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺎ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻀﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻓﻴﻘﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ )‪ (٢٧٦‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﻬﻠﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻭﺩﺗﻴﻦ )‪ .(٢٧٧‬ﻭﺍﺿﻌﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺄﻃﺄ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ )‪ (٢٧٨‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﻞ )‪ (٢٧٩‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺭﻳﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺑﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﺪ )‪ .(٢٨٠‬ﻓﻴﻘﺘﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٤‬ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺤﻠﻴﻦ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻸ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺤﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺏ ﻭﻗﺤﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺪﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٥‬ﻛﻴﻌﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ( ﻫﻲ ﺫﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺴﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺫﻛﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻌﺴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٦‬ﻓﻴﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺰﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ( ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺰﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٧‬ﻓﻴﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺮﻭﺩﺗﻴﻦ( ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻻﺑﺲ ﻣﻬﺮﻭﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺛﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺒﻮﻏﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺭﺱ ﺛﻢ ﺑﺰﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻘﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٨‬ﺗﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ( ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺟﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٧٩‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﻞ( ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٠‬ﺑﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﺪ( ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٠٩‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺼﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ )‪ (٢٨١‬ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺛﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺑﻘﺘﺎﻟﻬﻢ )‪ .(٢٨٢‬ﻓﺤﺮﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )‪ .(٢٨٣‬ﻭﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﺏ ﻳﻨﺴﻠﻮﻥ )‪ .(٢٨٤‬ﻓﻴﻤﺮ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺮﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﺮ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺤﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﻷﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﺮﻏﺐ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ )‪ (٢٨٥‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻒ‬
‫)‪(٢٨٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﻲ )‪ (٢٨٧‬ﻛﻤﻮﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺒﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻸﻩ ﺯﻫﻤﻬﻢ )‪(٢٨٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺮﻏﺐ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻃﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﺄﻋﻨﺎﻕ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨١‬ﻓﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﺗﺒﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﺑﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٢‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺑﻘﺘﺎﻟﻬﻢ( ﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻻ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻌﺠﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٣‬ﻓﺤﺮﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ( ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﺯﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺃﺣﺮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻔﻈﺘﻪ ﻭﺿﻤﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٤‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﺏ ﻳﻨﺴﻠﻮﻥ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻛﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﺴﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٥‬ﻓﻴﺮﻏﺐ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻒ( ﻫﻮ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻮﻑ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻧﻐﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٧‬ﻓﺮﺳﻲ( ﺃﻱ ﻗﺘﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺲ‪ .‬ﻛﻘﺘﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺘﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٨‬ﺯﻫﻤﻬﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﺩﺳﻤﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺖ )‪ (٢٨٩‬ﻓﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﺘﻄﺮﺣﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻦ )‪(٢٩٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﺭ )‪ (٢٩١‬ﻭﻻ ﻭﺑﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﻟﻔﺔ )‪ .(٢٩٢‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺒﺘﻲ ﺛﻤﺮﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻚ ﻓﻴﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺑﺔ )‪ (٢٩٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻈﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﺤﻔﻬﺎ )‪ .(٢٩٤‬ﻭﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ )‪ .(٢٩٥‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺤﺔ )‪ (٢٩٦‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﻡ )‪ (٢٩٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻟﺘﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻟﺘﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )‪ .(٢٩٨‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﻳﺤﺎ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﺧﺬﻫﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﻃﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻘﺒﺾ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻬﺎﺭﺟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮ )‪ (٢٩٩‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٨٩‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺖ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺘﻴﺔ ﺩﺧﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٠‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻦ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩١‬ﻣﺪﺭ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٢‬ﻛﺎﻟﺰﻟﻔﺔ( ﺭﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺛﻌﻠﺐ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺳﺘﻨﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٣‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺑﺔ( ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢٩٤‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻜﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﻘﺤﻔﻬﺎ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻗﺸﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﺠﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٥‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٦‬ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺤﺔ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺢ ﻛﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻘﻮﺡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٧‬ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﻡ( ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٨‬ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)‪) (٢٩٩‬ﻳﺘﻬﺎﺭﺟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮ( ﺃﻱ ﻳﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺷﺎﺫ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٥٥ / ٦‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٧ / ٥‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﺘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (١٢١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻓﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻷﻓﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﺪ ﻭﺃﻟﺤﻘﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ " ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰﺍﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ " :‬ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ " )‪ (٣٠٠‬ﺹ )‪:(٢٤٠‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٠‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ " ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻛﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻻ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ " ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ "!!!‬

‫)‪(٥١٢‬‬
‫ﺭﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺴﻒ ﺑﺠﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻋﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺭﺍﺣﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﺍ ﻩ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ )‪ (٣٠١‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ )‪.(٣٠٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٣٥٧ - ٣٥٢ / ١١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (٨١ / ١٣‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺘﺘﻞ ﻓﺌﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺗﻠﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺩﺟﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍﺑﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻔﻴﺾ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺭﺏ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻭﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠١‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﺢ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺤﻴﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻪ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٢‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻮﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻼﻥ ﺛﻮﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﻳﻌﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻮﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﻠﺒﻦ ﻟﻘﺤﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻌﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻮﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻴﻂ ﺣﻮﺿﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻮﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻌﻤﻬﺎ "‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٣٥٧ - ٣٥٢ / ١١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (١١٠ - ٧٤ / ١٣‬ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺃﻭﻻ!! ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﻀﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ!!‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺎﺳﺔ )‪ (٣٠٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺭ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ )‪ !!(٣٠٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺤﻀﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ )‪(٣٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ]ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ [(٣٢٩ - ٣٢٥ / ١٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺻﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ!! ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٣‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪.(٢٢٦١ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٤‬ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٧٢ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٤٠ / ٤‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٢٣ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٤٣ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﻢ " )‪ (٣٠٦‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﺴﻬﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ( ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺑﻌﺜﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻬﺎﺗﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺇﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺳﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﻞ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،١٨٧‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،٣١ :‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﻓﺘﺒﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٤٠‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ( ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،١٠٧ :‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ ،٥٥ :‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻫﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٦‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٥‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ‪.٦٦ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻧﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻏﺘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻏﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺴﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٥٤٥ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٢٨ / ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺧﺴﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺰﻋﺎ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ " ...‬ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺹ )‪ (١٧٣‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ ‪ " :-‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻧﻔﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪) :‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﻧﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﻫﻢ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪.١٨ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺠﺊ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻀﻰ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ )ﺟﺎﺀ( ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺑﻌﺜﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻬﺎﺗﻴﻦ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٤٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ .(٢٢٦٨ / ٤‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻔﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺠﺊ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻃﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٨٢ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻫﻤﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ(‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫]ﺗﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻴﺐ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ[‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺛﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻓﻈﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺨﻮﻳﻔﺎ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،٥٩‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺭﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺒﺄﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺠﺮﺓ؟!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ )‪ ،(٣٠٧‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﺪﻫﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٧‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٢٣٥ / ١٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻳﺠﺎﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٧‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (٦٢٨‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻃﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺒﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺿﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻔﻲ )‪ (٢٠٠٠‬ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٣٠٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺪﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٧٤ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪/ ٤‬‬
‫‪٢١٥٦‬‬
‫‪ (٢١٥٧ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺧﻤﺲ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٥٧ / ٤‬ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ " ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺸﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻨﻲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻗﺤﻂ ﻭﺟﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‪ " ....‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٨‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٤٥ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٩٦٥ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺔ )ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ( ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫)ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﺤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،٨٩ :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﺒﻌﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ )‪ (٣٠٩‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻠﻴﻼ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﻭﺍ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ " ﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ " ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺬﺭ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٢٢٥ / ٤‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٠٩‬ﻭﺍﺗﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﻛﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺫﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺻﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻭﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺟﻠﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥١٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ " ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺗﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺸﺮﻫﻢ " ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ (٧٨ / ١٣‬ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ "!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٧٨ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ٢٢٢٧ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٩٠٢‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻀﺊ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﺑﺒﺼﺮﻯ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ " )‪ (٢٦٦ / ٨‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪٦٥٤‬‬
‫ﻩ( ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٣١٠‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺩﻭﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻭﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺷﻈﺎ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﺍﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺤﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻀﺊ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮﻯ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺼﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺨﺮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (٧٩ / ١٣‬ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺘﻴﻦ ‪،١٩٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،١٨٧ / ١٣‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ ‪.٤٦٦ ،٤٦٥‬‬

‫)‪(٥٢٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺭﺍﻏﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﻫﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺑﻘﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻣﺴﻮﺍ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٧٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢١٩٥ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻭﻝ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﺹ )‪.(٣٧٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻏﺘﺔ )ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ( ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٣٧ / ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ "؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺭﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﺓ ﺭﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ " ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ(‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺋﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﺏ‬

‫)‪(٥٢١‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻛﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺴﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻣﺰﺟﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺞ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻨﺸﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ!! ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﺼﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﻔﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻫﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻇﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻖ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ!! ﻓﻠﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺘﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻴﺪﺍﻥ ‪ - /‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻔﻜﺎﻙ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ )ﻭﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻤﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.٣٩ .‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺫﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻳﺒﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٤٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺿﻞ ﺿﻼﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٣٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫)‪(٥٢٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻭﺇﻣﻼﻝ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻳﻤﻮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺠﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻌﺎ * ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﺎ * ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻱ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﻤﻌﺎ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.١٠١ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﻢ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﺼﻌﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ * ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﻀﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،٦٩ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻔﺰﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﺗﻮﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪.٨٧ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺼﻌﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﻓﻔﺰﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ )ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﻴﺪﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٨٩ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،١٠٣‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻔﺰﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‬

‫)‪(٥٢٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻷﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻸﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﺭ( ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪/ ١١‬‬
‫‪(٣٧٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ،(٢٠١ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ * ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪.٢٦ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺅﻩ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﺍ ﻗﻞ ﺑﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺑﻲ ﻟﺘﺒﻌﺜﻦ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ( ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﺑﻦ‪ ،٧ :‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻭﺣﺸﺮﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻧﻐﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ * ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺌﺘﻤﻮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻞ ﺯﻋﻤﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻦ ﻧﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻮﻋﺪﺍ * ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.٤٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﻓﺪﺍ * ﻭﻧﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺭﺩﺍ( ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.٨٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﻳﺨﺸﻮﻥ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺨﺎﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ ،٢١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٥٢٥‬‬
‫‪ ،٤٠‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻘﺐ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪ ،٤١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﻋﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ(‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،٢٧ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﺅﻡ ﺍﻗﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻪ *‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﻇﻨﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻣﻼﻕ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﻪ * ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﺸﺔ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ * ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ * ﻗﻄﻮﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ * ﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ * ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻭﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻪ * ﻭﻟﻢ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﻪ( ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻗﺔ ‪.٢٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻔﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻔﻮﻩ( ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺭﻩ ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺏ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻏﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ‪ :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ "‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٥٣ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢١٢٠ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﺬﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٤٠٠ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪:(٤٠٥ / ١١‬‬
‫" ﺑﺎﺏ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ " ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﺗﻀﺊ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‬

‫)‪(٥٢٦‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﺟﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﺰﻉ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،٦٩ :‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ * ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪.٣٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ(‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻦ؟‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻏﺮﻻ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻧﻴﻦ(!! ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٧٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٩٤ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻏﺰﻻ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ!! ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ!!‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ!! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫)‪(٥٢٧‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ " ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٧٧ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٩٤ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (١٩٠ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " )‪ (٣٠٧ / ١٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪/ ١‬‬
‫‪(٣٤٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (٣٨٤ / ٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ‪ " :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺝ ﺭﺍﻛﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻮﺝ ﺗﺴﺤﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺤﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺸﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻌﻮﻥ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (١١٦ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٥٦٤ / ٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ " )‪.(٢٢٥ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻲ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ! ﻋﻮﺭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺬﺭ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﺖ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﻚ " ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (٤١ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ!! ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺤﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( )‪ (٣١١‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٢٨ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ " :(١٥٤ / ٨ / ٥‬ﻓﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻌﺬﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻮﺗﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻧﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ! ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ!! ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺤﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻘﺒﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻛﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
(٥٢٨)
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٣٨٣ / ١١‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﺮﺍﺓ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺩ ﻓﻠﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ "‬
‫ﻳﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ )‪ [....(٣١٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ " )‪:(١٩٦ / ٢‬‬
‫" ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺻﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﺢ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﻔﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ؟ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٢‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ( ﺭﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٢٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﻚ " ﺹ )‪ (٥٨‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻷﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻷﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺮ ﻋﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻌﻴﺪﻩ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،١٠٤ :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﻴﻦ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪) " :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ( ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫)ﻧﻌﻴﺪﻩ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﻣﻪ " ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﻗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻇﻔﺮ ﻗﺼﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻫﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﻴﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺰﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ[‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﺜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬

‫)‪(٥٣٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ )‪ ،(٣١٣‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻜﻦ ﺣﻤﺺ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٩٣ / ٣٠ / ١٥‬‬
‫]ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻌﺒﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ!! ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺪﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﺮﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )‪(٤١٥ / ١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪ " :(٣٣٧ / ١٠‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ " )‪.(٣١٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٣‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (٥٩٢ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ‬
‫" ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ " ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻠﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ!!‬
‫)‪ (٣١٤‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ " ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ " ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪.(٣٣٧ / ١٠‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣١‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (٨٤ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪(٣١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﻓﻼ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻪ ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ!! ﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ(‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟!! ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺣﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ( ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،٥ :‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻛﻮﺭﺕ * ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﻜﺪﺭﺕ *‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺮﺕ * ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻄﻠﺖ * ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ * ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﺳﺠﺮﺕ( ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻭﺩﺓ ﺳﺌﻠﺖ * ﺑﺄﻱ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻗﺘﻠﺖ * ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻧﺸﺮﺕ( ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺠﻴﺌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪.(٣١٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٥‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪.(٥٨٤ / ٥‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ " ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ " ﺹ )‪:(٢٤‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺮﺕ( ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺗﻢ‪." ..‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻄﻠﺖ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ﻋﻄﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ( ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪ (٤١٥ / ١٠‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" )ﺣﺸﺮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٦٧ / ٣٠‬‬
‫]ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺳﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺸﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ )‪ (١٤٢ / ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻷﺿﺪﺍﺩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‬

‫)‪(٥٣٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ " )‪:(١٤٢ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺣﺸﺮﺕ(‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ )*( ﻓﻲ " ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ " ‪ :٢٣٠ / ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻤﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻢ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ " ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﻟﻠﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﺮﺍﻳﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ " )‪ (٥٣٦ / ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ(‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫* ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺐ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ ٧٤٢‬ﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ ٨٥٨‬ﻩ(‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻊ "‬
‫)‪:(٥٩ / ١٠‬‬
‫" ﻭﺑﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻯ ﻟﻺﻗﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺒﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻨﻮﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻃﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻌﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﻧﻈﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺯﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﺃﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺊ‪." ...‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣٤‬‬
‫]ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺣﺸﺮﺕ( ﺃﻱ ﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺠﻨﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻣﻢ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻃﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ‪ :‬ﺣﺸﺮﺕ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻄﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺸﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺚ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺘﺺ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ([‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺨﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،٤٦ :‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ * ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻔﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺴﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻭ ﻛﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺑﻌﻮﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺮﺅﻭﺍ )ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ " ١٠٦ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٢٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪/ ٤‬‬
‫‪(٢٤١٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ " ﺹ )‪:(٥٢٢‬‬
‫" ﻭﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﻭﺯﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺯﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻄﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻗﻴﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ( ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻮﺯﻭﻥ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ(‬

‫)‪(٥٣٦‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺯﻧﺖ ﻟﻔﻼﻥ ﻭﻭﺯﻧﺘﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺯﻧﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺴﺮﻭﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﻒ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻧﺖ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭﻩ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.٢٥ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ * ﺃﻻ ﺗﻄﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ * ﻭﺃﻗﻴﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪.٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪ (٥٦ / ١٠‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪:(١٤ / ٥‬‬
‫" ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻫﻞ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭ؟ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺨﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﻛﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﺔ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺸﻬﺪ‬

‫)‪(٥٣٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻔﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻘﻼ ﻭﺧﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻘﻠﺖ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺯﻭﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻻ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻔﺖ ﻛﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٥٣٨ / ١٣‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﻩ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺠﺰﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺁﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺨﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻘﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪ :‬ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ (٤٥٤ / ١١‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ )‪ (٣١٧‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٧‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ( ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧١ / ١‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺟﺰﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻙ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " ﻭ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ "‬
‫)‪ :(٤٨٩ / ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻛﻌﺒﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ﺹ )‪ (٣٤٣‬ﺇﻥ‪ " :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ " ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ "‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻤﺤﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٣٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻼﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ " ﻭﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺠﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻦ )‪ ،(٣١٨‬ﻭﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮ " ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺠﻨﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻀﺮ " ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ " ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺭﺏ ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻢ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺿﺎﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻀﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ " ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻏﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺴﻜﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻚ ﻭﺩﻋﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﺴﻒ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺪﻳﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻬﻢ " ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ )‪ [(٣١٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٨‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣١٩‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻮﺳﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺰﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ؟! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ؟! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻚ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٥٨٦ / ٤‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻫﻴﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺛﻘﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻳﻖ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺰﻣﺎ )‪.(٣٢٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﺻﺤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ " )‪ (٦٥٦ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫)‪ (٥٩٠ / ٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ " ﻓﻴﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺩﺣﺾ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻟﺔ " ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ " :‬ﺻﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ "!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺇﺫ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ " )‪ (٢٢٩ / ٤‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٧٣ / ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺁﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ....‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻴﻦ ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ! ﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻻ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻫﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﻳﺼﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺄﻋﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻜﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (٥٩٢ / ٤‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،" ....‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ " )‪ " :(٣١٠ / ٧‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ "‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﻦ " )‪ " :(١٠٥ / ٣‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﺎﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻀﻼﺕ؟!! "‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺢ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ " )‪ (٣٣٢ / ١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﺮﻱ " ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ " ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ )‪ [(٣٢١‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺷﺊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﺪﺓ " ﺹ )‪ (٥٤‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ‪ -‬ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢١‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﺹ )‪ (٣٣٣‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ " ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ " ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ " ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻀﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺹ )‪ :(٢٣٠‬ﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺴﻬﻞ " ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ )‪ (١٥٢ / ٥‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺳﺮﻁ(‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻱ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ )ﺳﺮﻁ( ﻣﻨﻪ ﺹ )‪ (١٧٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪) " :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻐﺘﻬﻢ )‪.(٣٢٢‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٢‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻣﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﻮ ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﻮ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻈﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻙ " ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ " ﺃﻭ " ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ " ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺑﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ " ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ "‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ " ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻓﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ!! ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ " ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ " ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻋﺒﺮﺓ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻈﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻐﻮﻳﺔ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺤﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ " ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﻭﺿﻮﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬

‫)‪(٥٤٤‬‬
‫ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ؟! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻃﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺁﻧﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ!!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺨﻴﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ!!! ﺯﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!!!‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﻀﻴﺎ( ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.٧١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ )‪) (٣٢٣‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ )‪:(٢٤٣ / ١١‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ )ﻓﻮﺭﺑﻚ ﻟﻨﺤﺸﺮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﻀﺮﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ( ﺃﺭﺩﻓﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻜﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻓﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ )ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ )ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ( ﻭﻟﻮ ﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻟﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ )ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ(‪ " ...‬ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ( ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺘﺴﺄﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ( ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﺟﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪،١٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ (١٩٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ )‪.(٤٠٦ - ٤٠٥ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ )‪ ،(٣٢٤‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺟﺒﺖ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻨﺠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺬﺭ )ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ )ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺜﻴﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ١٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺈﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻈﻠﻢ ﻧﺬﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪.٢٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫])ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ )ﺃﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺖ ﻟﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺣﻴﺎ(؟! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ )ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ " :(٢٤٣ / ١١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﺤﺘﻪ‪." ...‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮ( ﻫﺬﺍ )ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ( ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ * ﻓﻮﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﺸﺮﻧﻬﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻛﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﻧﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺄﺯﻫﻢ ﺃﺯﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺣﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻴﻦ )ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﺤﻀﺮﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﺜﻴﺎ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﻨﺰﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﺘﻴﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﺘﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬
‫)ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﻀﻴﺎ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺨﻮﻳﻒ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺇﺯﻫﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻟﻸﺭﻭﺍﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺛﻢ ﻧﻨﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﺩﻫﻢ )ﻭﻧﺬﺭ( ﺃﻱ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ )ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺜﻴﺎ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎﻛﺜﻴﻦ[‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ( ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(٥٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ )‪ (١٠٩ / ١٦ / ٩‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‬
‫)‪ (١٣٦ / ١١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ )‪ (٢٤٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ .....،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،....‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻀﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻘﺮﺏ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪) ،‬ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ( ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺳﻠﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪ .(٣٢٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‪ ....،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪:(٢٨٩ / ٧‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ )ﻣﻨﻜﻢ( ﺑﻜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﻳﻦ( ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺯﺭﻗﺎ ﺟﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻦ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﻫﻢ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻼﺩﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٤٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﺢ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٧٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٣٢ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٥٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻀﺮﻫﻢ[‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.٩٨ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪) " :(٢٢٣ / ١١‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ( ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪:(٢٢٧ / ١١‬‬
‫" )ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻟﻄﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﺄﻧﻰ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ( ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﻋﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻛﻀﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ؟! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ (٢٧ / ٢٣ / ١٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪:(٤٩ / ١٥‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻟﻄﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺒﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﺄﻧﻰ‬

‫)‪(٥٤٩‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ(‪ ...‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻷﻋﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻷﻋﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻄﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ " )‪.[(٥٠ / ١٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ )‪.(٣٢٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٦‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ]ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " )‪[(٧٥ / ١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻳﺤﺴﺒﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻲ ﻭﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻚ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪٢١٤٩ / ٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٧٨٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ " )‪ (٤١٤ - ٤١٣ / ١‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﻈﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻻ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٧٨ / ١٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫)‪ (٤٨٣ / ١٣‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ " :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﻣﺬﺍﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ " ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ "‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻨﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﻔﻼ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (٢٠٤ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ )ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ " ....‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
(٥٥٠)
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺎﻫﺪﻭﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺤﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﺠﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!!‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ...." :‬ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ‬

‫)‪(٥٥١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺑﻖ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺩﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٤٥ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٤٦ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺎﺫ ﺑﻤﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﺹ )‪ (١٥٧‬ﻭﺃﺯﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ )‪.(٣٢٧‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٧‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ " ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﻋﺠﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ " ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ "؟!!!‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻛﻼ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺑﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻩ!! ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻵﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٨٧ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺎﺝ ﻭﻣﻜﺪﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﻌﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ " )‪ (٢٧٠ / ١٠‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪ (١٧٩ / ١‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ " ﺛﻢ ﻧﻌﺖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻔﻆ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ "‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﺷﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؟!‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٨٢ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (١٤٤ / ٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺧﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻉ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺏ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺤﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻋﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺮﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٥٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺄﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻺﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻴﻦ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ( ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺩﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ " )‪ (١٣٢ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻣﻄﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺎ ﻣﺪﻟﻼ ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺸﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﻡ ﻻ!!! ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺠﺪﻩ ﻳﻨﻘﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬

‫)‪(٥٥٤‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ )ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ( ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺺ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ * ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.١٠١ :‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻭﻻ ﻓﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ،١٠٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٨٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﻀﺮ ﻭﺳﺮﻭﺭﺍ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،١١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .١١٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻓﻼ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .٤٨‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ * ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .١٧١ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎ ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ؟!!!‬

‫)‪(٥٥٥‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻠﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻓﻤﺨﺪﻭﺵ ﻧﺎﺝ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ *‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ ،٢٦ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﺮﺣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺗﻬﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪.٢١ :‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺺ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﺎ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻭﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ * ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،٧١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻃﺒﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٧٣ :‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺺ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺠﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺋﺬ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻜﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ‬

‫)‪(٥٥٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺬﺭﻭﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ *‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻓﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٧٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ * ﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ( ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪.٤٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻛﻴﻦ‪ ....‬ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٢٩٨ / ٩‬ﻭ ‪ (٤١٥ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪(٢٠٩٦ / ٤‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻴﻪ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻮ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺣﻜﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺗﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻇﻤﺆﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،١٠٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ * ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻘﻮﻥ * ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ( ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ .٦٤ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﺄﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ * ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﻧﻘﺘﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﻛﻢ( ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.١٣ :‬‬

‫)‪(٥٥٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ( ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ!!‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﻟﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﺻﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺘﻘﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ .١٥٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺍﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ .١٢٦ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )‪ (٣٢ / ٨ / ٥‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ....‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ )ﺃﻟﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻓﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﻭﻃﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺫﻻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ[‪ :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﻌﻦ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬

‫)‪(٥٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺠﺒﻨﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻻ * ﺟﺴﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ " )‪ (٣٢٨‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ )‪.(٣٢٩‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (١١٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٢٩‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﻮﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ " )‪ " :(١٣٥ / ٤‬ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻛﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺛﺘﻬﻢ "‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ "!!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﺠﺮﺩﺍ ﺑﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ ١٨٧٣ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪(٢٤٠٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺹ )( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٥٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ " ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ!! ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺹ )‪ " :(١٧٥‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻜﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ؟! ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻟﻒ!!‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺎﻭﻱ " )‪ (١٩٦ / ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺤﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬

‫)‪(٥٦٠‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻄﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺤﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺯﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ‪ -‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ!!‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﻘﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٦١‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺎﺛﺎ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ *‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﺮﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮ * ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﻧﺌﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺮ(‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ " ‪:(٢١٤ / ٢٠‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﺴﻤﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﺛﺮﺍ‪،....‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻗﻮﻻ )‪:(٣٣٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﻗﻮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺃﺣﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ " )‪ (٣١١‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٠‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ )‪ (٥٥٦ / ١٠‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪(٣٢٠ / ٣٠ / ١٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ .........‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣١‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪.(٤٥٠ / ٥‬‬

‫)‪(٥٦٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻏﻔﻲ ﺇﻏﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺴﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺿﺤﻜﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮﺃ‪) :‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ * ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ * ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﺮﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻧﺤﺮ *‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﻧﺌﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺮ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ "؟ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺁﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺘﻠﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ " )‪ .(٣٣٢‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻻ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﺺ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٤٦٣ / ١١‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪.(٣٣٣‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٢‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٣٠٠ / ١‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٤٦٦ / ١١‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ " ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ "‪ " :‬ﻭﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺗﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ "!!! ﺛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ!! ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﺛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺧﻪ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٦٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻈﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻤﺄﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﺬﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺘﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ )ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺌﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺮ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ )‪ (٣٣٤‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺃﺑﺘﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﻧﺌﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺮ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺒﻐﻀﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺑﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻼ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١٢٤ / ٣٢‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺭﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﺒﺄ ﺑﻪ )‪ ،(٣٣٥‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٤‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪.(٥٥٧ / ١٠‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٥‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻛﺄﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٤٤٤ / ٥‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﺩﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺆﻧﺒﻨﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻩ ﻓﺴﺎﺀﻩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﺰﻟﺖ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻬﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻟﺖ )ﺇﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ * ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ * ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻓﻌﺪﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻳﻮﻡ )ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺮ(‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺛﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻘﻪ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ "‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٦ / ٣٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬
(٥٦٤)
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺣﻮﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻳﺤﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪/ ١١‬‬
‫‪(٤٦٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٩٣ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻳﻐﺖ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻳﺼﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻘﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ( ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﻓﻀﺔ( " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٩٩ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺻﺒﻌﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻧﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ " )‪ " (٥٩٦ / ٤‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﻃﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻜﻢ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ‬

‫)‪(٥٦٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٦٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٩٣ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﻫﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺑﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻘﺮﻱ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٦٤ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢١٧ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٦٤ / ١١‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻢ‪ " :‬ﺳﺤﻘﺎ ﺳﺤﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ " :(١٧٩٣ / ٤‬ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ "‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻨﻲ " ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٧ / ١‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﻭﻟﻴﺼﺪﻥ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ؟ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪:(١٨٠٠ / ٤‬‬
‫" ﻟﻴﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻨﻲ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ " ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ " ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ (٢٢٩٧‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،(٢٣٠٤‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٤٦٥ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٢١٤٣ / ٤‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻠﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ‬

‫)‪(٥٦٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻁ‪ " ...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )‪.(٣٣٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﻧﺎﺯﻋﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪(٣٠ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٤١ / ١‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ "‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ " ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ " )‪:(٢٩١ / ٢‬‬
‫" ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻻﺯﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٦‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ " ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ " ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ "‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺶ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٦٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻤﺄﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ؟!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻇﻤﺄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺬﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻋﻄﺸﻮﺍ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﻄﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ * ﺑﺄﻛﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﺭﻳﻖ ﻭﻛﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،١٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺆﻟﺆﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺜﻮﺭﺍ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺳﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍ( ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،٢١ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻳﻄﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ * ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﺬﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺭﺑﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.٤٦ :‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺬﺍﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺠﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٥٦٨‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﺤﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺑﺪﻟﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﻼﻋﺒﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﻮﺍ ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻐﻮﺍ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺸﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﺬﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺬﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﺤﻘﺎ ﺳﺤﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ * ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺖ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ * ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.١٠٣ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺷﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺮﻳﺌﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻈﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﺽ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ )‪.(٣٣٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﻔﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺟﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺔ ﻭﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﺺ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻮﺿﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٧‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺤﺢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (١١٧ / ٤‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ!! ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ!! ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻬﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻮﺛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻓﻜﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٦٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺩﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺄﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻨﻄﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻗﺎ ﻭﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺮﺿﻰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺍ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪،٧٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ )‪.(٣٣٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻗﻮﻻ( ﻃﻪ‪.١٠٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺫﻧﻪ( ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ * ﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ *‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٨‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ٣٣٨ / ٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٣٩٩ / ٨‬ﻭ ‪ (٤٢٢ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٧٩ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺑﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!!‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻓﻜﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٢٠٩ / ١‬ﺑﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺒﺸﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٧٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.٢٨ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪:(٤٢٦ / ١١‬‬
‫" ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻚ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺍ( "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺠﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺄﺕ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ )‪ (٢١٣ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٦٩ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١٨٩ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺛﺮ‪ ،٤٨ :‬ﻓﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺷﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٤٢١ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ،(١٧٠ / ١‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺸﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ )‪ (١٧٣ / ١٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪١٠‬‬
‫‪:(٣٨٢ /‬‬
‫" ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺄﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺿﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ‬

‫)‪(٥٧١‬‬
‫ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺨﻴﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ )ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﺬﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺎﻥ‪ " ...‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٤٢٣ / ١٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ )‪ (٣٣٩‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻔﻪ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻔﻮﻩ( ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺭﻩ ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺭﺏ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻏﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٥٣ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢١٢٠ / ٤‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٩‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ " ﻳﺪﻧﻲ " ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻧﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻔﻪ " ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺒﺘﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻤﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻛﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ * ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻐﻔﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١٧٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺛﻤﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻻ ﺧﻼﻕ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻛﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٧٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺟﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﻀﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٦٩ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ( ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻥ ﻃﻬﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ( ﻓﺄﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻻ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٢٠ / ١٤‬‬
‫]ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺘﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ( ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪(٥٧٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻭﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺣﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﺪﻛﺘﺎ ﺩﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﻔﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( )‪.(٣٤٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻘﺴﻄﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ " )‪ (٣٤١‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ )ﻭﺟﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ( ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﻓﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻈﻴﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ " )‪(٢٤٨ / ٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎ!!!‬
‫ﻓﻨﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺡ!! ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ!!‬
‫)‪ (٣٤١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ،(١٠٠ / ٥‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(١١٩٦ / ٤‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ )ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ( ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪:(٢٨٢ / ١٥‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ( ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺿﺎﺀﺕ ﻭﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ " ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ " ﺑﻌﺪﻝ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻙ ﺑﺤﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺘﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻀﺊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﺮ‪ " :‬ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺿﻞ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺗﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﺎﺫ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺗﻜﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻛﻮﺭﺕ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﻔﺄﺕ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻧﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻷﺧﺒﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺩﻧﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ )ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ( ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻇﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺘﺮ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ " ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻳﻈﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻇﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ " ﻳﻈﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻪ " ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻭﻻ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻗﻲ‬

‫)‪(٥٧٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻇﻞ ﺭﻣﺤﻲ " )‪ (٣٤٢‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻪ‪ (٣٤٣) " ..‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ " )‪ (٣٤٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٢‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٩٨ / ٦‬ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٤٧ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤١٦ / ١‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪.(٤٧٨ / ٢‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻜﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﺬﺭﻭﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﻳﻦ * ﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ * ﻭﺳﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻃﺒﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ * ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺪﻗﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻧﺘﺒﻮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺃﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٣٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻃﻌﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻨﺎﺀﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬

‫)‪(٥٧٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ( ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪ ،٢٣ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١٦٧ :‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٣٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﻼ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ " ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٧٩‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺄﻫﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ "‬
‫)‪:(٢١٧ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺋﺐ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ )‪ (٣٤٥‬ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٥‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺟﺴﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﺴﻬﺎ( ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﺰﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻜﻢ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ( ﻭﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻔﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺨﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮﺕ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺭﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺜﻴﺎ( ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،٧٢ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻌﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ )‪.(٣٤٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺬ " ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻣﻎ " ﻓﻠﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻠﻴﻼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨١‬‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪) :‬ﻭﺟﻮﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ * ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺮﻭﺍ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٤٥ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻬﺮﺓ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٥٢‬ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ )ﻟﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻲ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٤٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻩ )‪.(٣٤٧‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٧‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ " ﻧﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ " ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ " ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ " ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻘﻠﻬﺎ!! ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻬﺰﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻣﺘﻬﺎﻓﺘﺎ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﻠﻐﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺣﺎﺷﺎﻩ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺬﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ‪ -‬ﻓﻀﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺹ )‪ (١٧٥‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺿﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻭﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﻩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﻼﻣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﻩ ﻓﻜﺬﺏ ﻣﺤﺾ )‪ ،(٣٤٨‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺻﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ * ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ( ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ )ﻛﻼ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺑﻮﻥ( ﻭﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺇﻧﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ " ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٨‬ﻣﻤﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ )‪ .(٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ "‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٧ / ١١‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ!!‬

‫)‪(٥٨٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (٣٤٩‬ﻭﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﺟﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ )ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺑﺎﺳﺮﺓ( ﻋﺎﺑﺴﺔ )ﺗﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺓ( ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ‪ -‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ )‪ ،(٣٥٠‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ]ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ )ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ( ﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺓ[ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺓ!! ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻠﻘﻴﺲ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﺑﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،٣٥ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺓ ﺑﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻛﻼ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺑﻮﻥ(‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٤٩‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫)‪ (١٩٣ - ١٩٢ / ٢٠ / ١٤‬ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٤٢٥ / ١٣‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٠‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ " ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻛﻴﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.١٧٤ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ " )‪:(١٩٢ / ٢‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺞ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻛﻼ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺑﻮﻥ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺢ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻻ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ( ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺠﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻒ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻬﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ( )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ(‪." ....‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺁﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻼ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﻣﺴﻮﻍ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٣٤ / ١٣‬‬
‫]ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﺰﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ " ﻓﺒﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﺎﺡ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺠﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺻﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺳﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺻﻨﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﺹ )‪ (٢٨٩‬ﻭﺃﺳﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ " ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ " )ﻣﻦ ﺹ ‪ (٣٠٣ - ٢٦٠‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺫ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ‪ " ..‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﺬﻭﺫﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﺹ‬
‫)‪ (١٥٧‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺁﺣﺎﺩ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬

‫)‪(٥٨٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﺜﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ "‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤١٩ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪.(٤٣٩ / ١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ " ﻫﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ؟ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٤٧ / ١١‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ "‬
‫ﺑﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻀﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ )ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺰﺍﺣﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻪ )ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ‪ (:‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬

‫)‪(٥٨٧‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ[ ﺍ ﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ )( ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺟﻤﺮﺓ‪ ...:‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﺣﺴﺎ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﺣﺴﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﻀﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺤﻨﺎ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻇﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺟﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻇﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺨﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻃﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٥٨٨‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻩ ﺇﻟﻬﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﺗﺮﺍﻙ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺒﺘﻪ * ﻏﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻜﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻠﺖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺷﺒﻬﻬﺎ * ﻭﻋﺒﺪﺕ ﺫﺍﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﻣﻜﻨﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻙ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ * ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻚ ﻋﺠﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ * ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻪ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻂ * ﺩﺭﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺹ ‪.[٢٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ[‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ * ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ *‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺟﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻭﻯ * ﺇﺫ ﻳﻐﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺸﻰ * ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻃﻐﻰ * ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ ١٨ :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣١٣ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫)‪ (٥٠ / ٢٧ / ١٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ(‪:‬‬
‫]ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺃﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺒﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪(٥٨٩‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ "[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪:(١٢ / ١٠‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ :-‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ....‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣١٣ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٨ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٨ / ١‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣١٣ / ٦‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺛﻢ ﺩﻧﺎ ﻓﺘﺪﻟﻰ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ(؟! ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬

‫)‪(٥٩١‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬

‫)‪(٥٩٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﺝ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ‪) ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ( ﻓﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪.١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ * ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ * ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺟﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻭﻯ * ﺇﺫ ﻳﻐﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺸﻰ * ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻃﻐﻰ * ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪.١٨ :‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﻭﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٠١ / ٧‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٤٩ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺻﻌﺼﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩٥‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺣﺪﺛﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻄﻴﻢ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ ‪ -‬ﻣﻀﻄﺠﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﺗﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺕ ﻓﻘﺪ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺸﻖ ‪ -‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺤﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﺮﺗﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﺳﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﺮﺗﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﺴﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺑﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻞ ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ - .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﻤﺰﺓ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ‪ -‬ﻳﻀﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ ﺁﺩﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻨﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻻ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺑﻜﻰ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻜﻴﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻜﻲ ﻷﻥ ﻏﻼﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺊ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻟﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﻤﺮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺧﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻟﺠﺖ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻷﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﺄﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﻓﺄﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬

‫)‪(٥٩٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻟﺠﺖ ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻷﻣﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻴﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺭﺿﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﻣﻀﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻔﻔﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ!! ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺳﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺩﺟﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺇﺧﻨﻮﺥ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺑﺄﻗﺴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ( ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺸﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻃﻠﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﺇﺧﻨﻮﺥ( ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ )ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ( ﻭﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫)ﺇﺧﻨﻮﺥ( ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ )ﺇﺧﻨﻮﺥ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻹﺧﻨﻮﺥ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺮ(!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺧﻨﻮﺥ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ!! ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ )‪ ١٠‬ﻭ ‪ ١١‬ﻭ ‪ ١٢‬ﻭ ‪ ١٣‬ﻭ ‪ (١٤‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺤﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻴﺤﻮﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺣﻮﺭ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ!!‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺮﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺑﺬﺓ ﻓﻨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ " ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ ٢١٤٩ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٧٨٩‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ (٤١٤ - ٤١٣ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٥٩٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺳﻮﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﺼﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (٣٥١‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ " ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ " ﺹ )‪ (٥٩‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥١‬ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﺮ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ!! ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﺹ )‪ " :(١٣٦‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪ :٥‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﻓﻌﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺧﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﺎ( ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻛﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻞ‪." ....‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (١٣٧ / ١٣‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ " :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﻣﺬﺍﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ " ...‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻫﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ‪ " ....‬ﺍﻟﺦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ " ﺹ )‪ (١٣٧‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪ (٤٨٥ / ١٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ!! ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺰﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺒﻄﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺰﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻴﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻟﻨﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ( ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ؟!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻃﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ )ﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻬﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ * ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺨﻠﻊ ﻧﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻃﻮﻯ * ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻚ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ * ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻱ( ﻃﻪ‪.١٤ - ١١ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻱ ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ!! ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻃﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﻫﻠﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺜﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺁﺗﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺬﻭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺼﻄﻠﻮﻥ * ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻖ ﻋﺼﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺑﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺆﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﻩ!!‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ!! ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﻓﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ!!‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ!! ﺃﻱ ﻧﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ!! ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٠٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺨﻒ( ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ!! ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻯ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻳﻨﻔﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻓﻴﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪.٥١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٦١ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ " )‪.(٣٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٦٠٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٩ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﻩ ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻒ ﻗﻒ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ!!‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻜﻬﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺏ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ )ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ(‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻻ ﺗﻔﻀﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺘﻰ "‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٣‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٢‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﺴﺮﻩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٣‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٥١ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٨٤٦ / ٤‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺘﻰ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ؟!! ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ(!! ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ(!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ " ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ " )‪:(١٠٥ / ٢‬‬
‫]ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ " ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻗﺮﺭ ﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻻ ﺗﻔﻀﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ " ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻤﺺ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ " ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﺧﻴﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ )‪ :(٣٥٤‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ!! ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻪ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٤‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﻤﻴﻘﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺠﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ * ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮﻱ ﻭﻋﺠﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺏ ﻟﺘﺮﺿﻰ(‬
‫ﻓﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺠﻴﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ﻭﻭﺍﻋﺪﻧﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ( ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ )ﺇﻧﻲ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻬﺪﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺣﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‪) ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪ ١٧٢ :‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻡ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺸﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ[‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٧٢ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ " )‪:(٢١٨ / ٥‬‬
‫])ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺄﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫)‪(٦٠٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﺌﻢ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺤﺸﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺃﺷﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ( ﻭﻗﺮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ )ﺃﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ( ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻬﻢ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ( ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﺸﺊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ(‪) .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺍﺋﺘﻴﺎ ﻃﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺘﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻲ * ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺎ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻷﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻵﺑﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻵﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪) ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ(‪ :‬ﺑﻨﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﻰ ﺑﺒﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﺳﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﻋﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﻭﺑﺬﺭ ﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺂﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻄﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ( ﻭ )ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( )ﻭﺇﺫ ﺗﺄﺫﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ( )ﻭﺇﺫ ﻧﺘﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ( )ﻭﺍﺗﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ( ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺨﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ )‪ / ٦‬ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪ /‬ﺹ‪ (١١٠ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺹ‬
‫)‪.(١١٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪/ ٧‬‬
‫‪(٣١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺑﻚ( ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺛﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺛﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ )‪.(٣٥٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﻨﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٥‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻮﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ﻓﻜﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ " ﻭﺃﻗﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ٢٨٠ / ١٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ (٢٦٠ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺠﻪ ﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺹ )‪ (٢٠١‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺹ‬
‫)‪) !!(٥٩٧‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﻟﺰﺍﻡ!!( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺴﺮﻭﻫﺎ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻑ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻘﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ " ﺹ )‪.(٩٦ - ٩٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (١٥٨ / ٤‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (١٦٢٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ )ﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ( ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ )‪ " :(١١٢ / ٩ / ٦‬ﻓﻴﺮﻭﻥ‪ " ...‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ!! ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ!! ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ!! )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ ‪.(١٦١ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﻠﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ!! ﻭﻣﻘﺼﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺎﻟﻄﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪ .(١٦٣ - ١٦٠ / ٤‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻧﺘﻌﻘﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٨‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﺃﺷﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ( ﺩﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ )ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ( ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﻗﺎﻟﺘﺎ ﺃﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻃﻨﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﺎ "‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺡ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺒﻪ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ( ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٦٠٩‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ " ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ " ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺭﺃﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﺘﻼ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪ ......‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻄﻠﻮﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ ،(٣٥٦‬ﻭﺟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺠﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤١٦ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢١٦١ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻫﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﺃﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻔﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺑﻴﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻲ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ " ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺁﺩﻡ " ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪٤٠٠ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢١٦١ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١١٣ / ٩ / ٦‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﻭﺇﺫ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٦‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ )‪ (٢٧٢ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻮﻑ‪ " :‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٠‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ( ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺑﻜﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻌﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ )‪.(٣٥٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ .(٣٩ / ١‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺰﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ " )‪ (٢٧٣ / ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ " )‪ " :(١١٨ / ٦ / ٨‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﻭﻫﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﻟﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻧﻲ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻧﻴﻬﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺎ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ " )‪.(٣٥٨‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٧‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ " )‪:(٣٦٠ / ٦‬‬
‫" ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺤﺠﺔ‪." ..‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٨‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ " ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٢٦٤١‬ﻭﻋﺰﺍﻩ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ!! ﻭﺗﻌﻘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ " )‪ (١٨ / ٣‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﻋﺰﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٣٢٢٥‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻪ " ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ "‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﺻﺒﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٢٩٧ / ١٨‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻣﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١١‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﺒﻴﻨﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺘﺒﺬﻭﻩ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻭﻥ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .١٨٧ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﻠﻌﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻠﻌﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻋﻨﻮﻥ * ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺃﺗﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .١٦٠ :‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻛﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.١٧٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ :(٢٩٧ / ١‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺠﻢ ﺑﻠﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ " )‪.(٣٥٩‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪] :(٣١٢ / ٧‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٦٩ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ‪ (٢٦٣ / ٢) .‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (٣٢١ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺰﻡ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ )ﺳﻮﺭﺓ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﻭﻋﻈﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪:(١٩٤ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ )‪ :(٣٦٠‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﺧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ )‪ (٣٦١‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻔﺸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ " )‪.(٣٦٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺘﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٠‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ (٤٠ / ١٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦١‬ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ‪ " :‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ " ﺃﻱ ﺃﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ " ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ‪ " :‬ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻤﺤﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ )‪ (٣٦٠ / ١١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤٥١ / ٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺜﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٣‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﻼﺀ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ!! ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺜﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺜﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻤﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺨﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺶ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻋﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻻ ﻓﺴﺌﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺄﻓﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺿﻠﻮﺍ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٩٤ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٠٥٨ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﻄﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺄﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺮﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻈﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻬﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﺮﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻈﻮﻥ‪" ....‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪.(٣٦٣‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐ " )‪(١٢٢ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪.(١٦٤ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻃﻮﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﺰﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻌﻜﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺭﺃﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺐ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ " )‪ (٤٣٠ / ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮ )ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ( ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻳﺘﺬﺭﻋﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺯﺥ ﻓﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ )ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ * ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻘﻮﻥ * ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ( ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.٦٤ :‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﺮﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ( ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻠﺘﺤﻖ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ(‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺤﺮﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﺩ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ " )‪ (٣٦٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪:(١٦٥ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻭﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ " ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ " ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٤‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٦٤ / ١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ،(٧١٨ / ٢‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٠٦ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٤ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪(٨٠ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ " )‪ (٢٨١ / ٢‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٦‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻫﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻼﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻟﻲ!! ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺣﺘﺮﺯ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻤﺎ * ﻟﻢ ﻳﻦ )‪ (٣٦٥‬ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،١٣ :‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻷﺳﻘﻴﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻏﺪﻗﺎ( ﺍﻟﺠﻦ‪.١٦ :‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ " :(٣٣٢ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﻰ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺯﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ " :(٣٤١ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺑﺄﺣﺐ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ( ﻓﻠﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺑﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١١٢ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺄﻗﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ( ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،٣٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺄﻗﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،٤٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ * ﺃﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ " ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﺮﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺗﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ( ﻓﻠﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺒﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻛﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪.٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺑﻪ " )‪(٣٦٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ( ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ " )‪ (١٦٧‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪] :(٢٨٩ / ١٣‬ﻭﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫" ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺑﻪ " ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺹ )‪ (١٢‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (١٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﺎﺓ )‪ ٥٩ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(١٦٧‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (١٢٨ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ‪(١٣١ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﺻﺒﻬﺎﻥ( )‪ (٢٢٢ / ٢‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪.(٣١٢‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻻﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺣﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻃﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺗﺪﺍﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻰ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٩٩٩ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺠﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ‬
‫" ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ،(٤٣٨ / ١٠‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٨٠٩ / ٩‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻘﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " )‪ :(٣٤١ / ١١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺁﺫﻧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺑﺄﺣﺐ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺑﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺣﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ " ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﻄﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺳﺄﻟﻨﻲ ﻷﻋﻄﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻲ ﻷﻋﻴﺬﻧﻪ‪" ...‬‬
‫ﺍ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ )‪.(٣٦٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﻤﻼ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٨‬ﻭﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " )‪ (٦٤٠ / ١‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻮﺍﻧﻲ " ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﺪﻭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﺪ "!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ " :‬ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ "‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻈﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦١٩‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ...‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﻴﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺒﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻫﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ( ﺍﻟﺦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺆﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺛﻢ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻞ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﺬﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻐﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ( ﺍﻟﺦ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻨﻲ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺤﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻐﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻮﺍ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻧﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻧﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻃﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻫﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫)‪(٦٢٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﺨﺒﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﻪ ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺧﻈﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻩ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ(‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ!! ﻓﻴﺤﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻈﻬﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻮﻟﻲ( ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ )ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻧﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺮﺯﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٣٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ( ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.١٠٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫)‪(٦٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻴﻊ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﺠﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺐ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ " ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ؟ " ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﺒﺮﺃﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺭﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪(٤٧٦ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ،(١٩٧٧ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻢ ﺃﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺙ " ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ ،(٥١٢ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺐ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪.(٤٣٧ / ٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻞ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪.[(٣ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ " )‪:(٢٨٩ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﺰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺅﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪.٣٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺗﺘﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺰﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﺑﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻋﺪﻭﻥ * ﻧﺤﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻥ * ﻧﺰﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ( ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.٣٢ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻟﺤﻘﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٢٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺯﻳﻐﺎ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ‪ " :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺃﻋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺪ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺿﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻭﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻠﻨﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﻣﺪﺣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﻬﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .٢١٣ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﺒﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪ .٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻣﺼﻴﺐ‪] .‬ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (٨ / ١٨‬ﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺤﻜﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺙ ﺇﺫ ﻧﻔﺸﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻬﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ * ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪- ٧٨ :‬‬
‫‪.٧٩‬‬

‫)‪(٦٢٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺊ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٣٦ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ " ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﻈﺔ " ﻓﺄﺩﺭﻙ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺄﺗﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ!!‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣١٨ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٣٤٢ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٠١ / ٩‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺧﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﻼﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺫﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .١٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .١٠٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﺌﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ .١٥٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ( ﻫﻮﺩ‪ .١١٩ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ(‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.١٠٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٥١ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٩٧٥ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺫﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪(٦٢٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻬﻴﺘﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺷﺊ ﻓﺪﻋﻮﻩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ * ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ( ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ‪.٥ - ٤ :‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺐ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻐﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺟﺎﻳﺰﺍ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺆﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻴﻊ ﻭﺃﺣﺰﺍﺏ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﺘﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺗﻘﻮﻥ *‬
‫ﻓﺘﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺣﻮﻥ * ﻓﺬﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪.٥٤ - ٥٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﺺ ﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻱ ﻳﻀﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻀﺎﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﺳﺮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﻣﻮﺯﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻔﻲ ﺷﻘﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪.١٧٦‬‬

‫)‪(٦٢٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ ﻳﻀﺎﻫﺌﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻓﻜﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٣٠ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﻄﺌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ .٢٥٣ :‬ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺰﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺰﺑﻪ ﺑﻐﺎﺓ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠ / ٦‬ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٢٢٣٦ - ٢٢٣٥ / ٤‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫)‪ (٥٤١ / ١‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ ‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻓﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ )‪ - (٣٦٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﻬﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻪ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢١٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﻼﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٦٩‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺷﺊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﻑ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٢٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.٥٩ :‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﻒ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺫﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺘﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ( ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻄﻞ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻐﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻐﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻔﻴﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﺌﺔ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺎﺀﺕ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﺴﻄﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻄﻴﻦ( ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،٩ :‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺥ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺭﺿﺨﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ[‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺣﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻏﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﻢ!! ﻓﺘﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺜﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻌﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﺤﺰﺑﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻵﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫)‪(٦٢٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ!!( ﻓﻨﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ!! ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻣﺖ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﻧﺰﻏﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ(!!‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻬﻮﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ!! ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻇﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ!! ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٢٨‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ!!‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٣٣٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻓﻲ )‪ (١٩٨ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻘﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ " )‪ ،(٢٤٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺯﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )‪ ،(٣٧٠‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ (١٧٩ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺯﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ )‪!!(٣٧١‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٠‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﺺ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻳﻖ "!! ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺺ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺫﻧﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺺ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺎﺭ؟!!‬
‫)‪ (٣٧١‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٣٦١ - ٣٥٩ / ١‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ!!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٢٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ "‪ " :‬ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ " ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ‪ " :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ " ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ "‬
‫)‪ .[(٩٦ / ٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪.(٣٧٢) (٢٠٨٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٢٦ / ٥‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ )‪.(٣٧٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪ ٣٤ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٦٨‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ‪ " :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻱ " ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ " :‬ﺿﻌﻴﻒ " ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‪ " :‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ "‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ( )‪ (٢١٦ / ١٢‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﻭ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ "‬
‫)‪.[(١٧١ / ٣٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪ (٣٥ / ١‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻌﺪﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " )‪ ٢٠٩ / ٤‬ﻓﻜﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ....،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺯﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ " )‪ (٢٣٩ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ " :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺷﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‪ " ...‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٤٨٠ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ " ﺟﻴﺪ " ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﻴﺪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺇﺫ ﻧﺠﺪﻩ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ " )‪ (٣٣٤ / ٢‬ﻭﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٣٣٤ / ٣‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٢٩ / ١‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﺎﺓ )‪ !!!" (١٧١‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺐ!!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﺎﺓ )‪ (٦١ / ١‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ " :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ "!!‬

‫)‪(٦٣٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ "‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻤﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺳﻨﺘﻪ " )‪ ٤٦٧ / ٢‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٩٩٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻪ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ " ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ " ﻭ " ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ " ﻓﺒﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ )ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،١١٠ :‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻄﺎ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،١٤٣ :‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺃﻋﺪﻟﻪ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﻗﺎ!! ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ!!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪١٠٥ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ!!‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺘﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻛﺘﺐ‬

‫)‪(٦٣١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٤٢٩‬ﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ " ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ " ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ " ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻪ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ!! ﻓﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ " ﺇﻻ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ " ]ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪ [٦٩‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ "‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ]ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪ [٦٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ " ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ " ]ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪ [٧١‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ " ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ " ]ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪!!....[٦٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (١٢٥ / ١٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪!!!(٣٧٤) " ....‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ "!! ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ "!! ‪ -‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻨﺎﻑ!! ‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ " :‬ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ " ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ "‪ ..‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ!! ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪] :‬ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ "[ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٢٦ / ٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ " ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٤‬ﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ " ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ " )‪٢٥٨ / ٧‬‬
‫‪.(٢٦٠ -‬‬

‫)‪(٦٣٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ!! ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ " ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺰﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺰﻟﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ " ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ " ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍ " ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ(!!‬
‫)ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٤١ / ١‬ﻭ )‪ (٣٠ / ٦‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ " ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ " ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ " ]ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٨٦ / ٦‬ﻭ )‪/ ٨‬‬
‫‪[(٢٨٦‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻠﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻁ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)‪ ٢١٤٣ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٩‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ؟!! ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؟! ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ " ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ " ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!! ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻭﺣﺎﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ!!‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻲ " ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ " )‪ (٣٧٥‬ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻸﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﺤﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ ٣٥٨ / ١‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٠٤‬ﺑﻠﻔﻆ "‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٣٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ " ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ " :(٦١ / ٣‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﻭﻟﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ " :(٦٣ / ١‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﻌﻤﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻛﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺛﺘﻬﻢ " ]ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫" ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ )‪.[(١٣٥ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻟﺒﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٣٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺰﻉ ﻳﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻓﺎﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﺒﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻫﻴﺔ )ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪(١٦٢ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﻆ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ " ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺆﻳﺪ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ!! ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ " )‪ (٤٢٢ / ١‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ " ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻠﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻳﺔ " )‪ (٢٧ / ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ )‪ " :(١٩ / ٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ]ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ]ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ[‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٦٣٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻻ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ )‪(٥٦ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ " )‪ (٤٢٠ / ١‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺬﺍﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺎﻋﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺹ )‪.(٤٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﺻﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ )‪ ،(٥٥ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ )‪ (٩٠ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ " )‪ (٤٢٣ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻠﻲ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﻭﺍﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻘﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ " ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺫﻧﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺥ ﻟﻠﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻳﺮﻭﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٦٣٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺛﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻘﺔ ﻛﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻳﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﺎﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻮﺍﻻﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﺎﺓ ﺗﺴﻠﻄﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﺨﻠﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻮﺍﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ! ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ!!!‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " )‪ (٣٥٧ / ٣‬ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻔﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺚ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺑﺬﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﺟﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﻴﺪ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ!! ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﻚ ﺃﺟﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺃﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻏﻀﺐ‬

‫)‪(٦٣٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ * ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ * ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻓﺼﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻬﻴﻦ * ﻟﻦ ﺗﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ * ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﺤﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﻮﻥ * ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺳﺮﻭﻥ *‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻟﻴﻦ * ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﻏﻠﺒﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻲ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ * ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺑﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﻗﻬﺮﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺎﻧﺔ )‪ ،(٣٧٦‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻮﻁ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻐﻮﺍ ﻭﻃﻐﻮﺍ ﻭﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺎﺟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﺑﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻘﺮﻩ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٦‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﺭﺳﻪ " ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻀﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺹ )‪ (١٥٩‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻔﻜﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻣﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٣٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ " )‪:(٢٩٤ / ٥‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺫﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻼ ﺧﺪﻡ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﻷﻛﺮﻣﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ]ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ[‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺒﻴﺚ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻷﺳﺘﺎﺻﻠﻨﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺄﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻐﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﺟﺮﺩﻧﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﻧﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﺧﺸﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﺆﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ " :‬ﻋﺘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ "[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻂ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻔﻮﺓ )‪ (٣٧٧‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.٥٩ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ " :(١٥٠ / ٥‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٧‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ )ﻷﻥ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻔﻮﺓ( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺼﺒﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٢١ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٤٧٧ / ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ )ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٣٩‬‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎﺅﻩ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﻣﺮﻛﻢ ﻓﺎﺷﺘﺠﺮﺗﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺍ ﻩ ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻭﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٢١ / ١٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ‪ " :‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ " ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺸﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺯﺑﻴﺒﺔ " ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٨٤ / ١‬ﻓﻤﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٤٦٨ / ٣‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺟﺪﺗﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻄﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﻉ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻛﻢ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (١٨٧ / ٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻐﻠﺒﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﻄﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺴﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﺍ‬

‫)‪(٦٤٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ " ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪/ ٣‬‬
‫‪(١٤٧٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ " ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ " ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻋﺐ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ " ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ‪ [٤٢٩ / ١٠‬ﻭﺑﻠﻔﻆ " ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺛﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ " ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ‪ [٣٢١ / ٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪/ ١٣‬‬
‫‪:(٨‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻨﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﻃﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ "‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻨﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪،‬‬
‫" ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺿﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ " ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ " ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ " )‪ (٣٧٨‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ( ﺑﻤﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺊ ﻳﺒﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺫﺍﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﻮﺣﺎ ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٨‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻭﺇﻥ " ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ " ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺄﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻀﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ!! ﻭﺃﻥ ﺿﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺁﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ!! ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ " ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻼﻋﺐ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻃﻴﺪ ﻣﻠﻜﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻞ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻻ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ " ﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٤١‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ " ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ " ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻨﺎﺩﺓ " ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻙ ﺑﺈﺛﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺎ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ " ﺳﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ " ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻧﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻷﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ "‪ .‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ( ﺃﻱ ﻧﺺ ﺁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ )‪ ،(٣٧٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﻭﻻﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ )‪ .(٣٨٠‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺛﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٧٩‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻤﺾ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻭﻝ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺿﻞ ﻭﺃﺿﻞ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻜﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ " ﻋﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺸﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﻒ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﻝ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺣﻤﺰﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ!! ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻪ!!‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٠‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٤٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻌﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﺳﻖ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺟﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻻ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ )‪ (٣٨١‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﻚ ﺃﺟﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨١‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻭﺩﻱ " ﺇﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻌﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺐ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٤٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻧﺒﻐﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ( ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.٢٢ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ ،(٥٥٧ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٠٣٤ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ " :(٤٥ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ "‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٧ / ١‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻫﻮ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻭﻟﻔﻈﻪ " ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ‬

‫)‪(٦٤٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ "‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻔﻆ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ " ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻐﺾ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ "‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﻭﻧﺼﺢ ﻟﻠﻪ " ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ " ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ "‬
‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ " ﻻ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﻐﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﻭﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ " ﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﻋﺮﺍ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ " ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ " ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺎﻥ[ ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺒﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺒﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ( ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪) :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺒﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﺛﻴﻤﺎ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻓﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻜﺒﺮﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﻝ ﻓﺨﻮﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻬﺮﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ‬

‫)‪(٦٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﺮﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﻳﻦ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺻﻮﺹ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺋﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺛﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪) :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﻐﻀﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻪ( ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﻴﻦ(!! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻟﺬﻭﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻜﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﺮﺣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺒﻐﻀﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﺛﻘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺤﺒﻮﻧﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!! ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻹﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﺠﺪﺗﻴﻦ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ!!!‬

‫)‪(٦٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺒﻄﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻬﻤﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ )ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ(؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٩٣ / ١٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ،(١٥٢٣ / ٣‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٥٢٤ / ٣‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﺼﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ " )‪ (١١١ / ١٥‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻟﺘﻨﻘﻀﻦ ﻋﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻀﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻟﻬﻦ ﻧﻘﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻀﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺠﺎﺭﺍ!! ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ( ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺮﻁ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻼ‬

‫)‪(٦٤٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﻴﺮﻫﻢ!!‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻃﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺜﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ!! ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﺠﻮﻥ؟!! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺤﺠﻮﻥ؟!! ﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺍ!! ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ؟!!‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻱ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﺠﻮﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬
‫]ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻭﻯ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻬﺪﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﻠﻨﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ " :‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪(٢١ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ (١٦٥ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٣٠٩ / ١٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١١ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ "‬

‫)‪(٦٤٨‬‬
‫)‪ " :(٢٦٨ / ٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ " )‪.(٣٨٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ " ﺭﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ )‪ (٥٢٣ / ١٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺭﻑ ﺹ )‪ ١٨‬ﻣﺨﻄﻮﻁ(‪:‬‬
‫" ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٢‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﺻﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٤٧٨ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺰﻭﻩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻭ!! ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ )‪ (٨١ / ٢‬ﻣﻌﺰﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﻢ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٤٩‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺐ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻐﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻷﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﺪ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺊ ﻭﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺐ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫)‪(٦٥٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﻩ ﺣﺒﻪ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﻩ ﺣﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻧﺘﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺗﻼ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻷﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺒﻐﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ " ﻻ ﻳﺤﺒﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (٣٨٣‬ﺇﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﺍ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٣‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺻﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻌﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ " ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﻔﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ!!‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺻﻢ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﺰﺃ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ!! ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺠﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﻫﺰﻳﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻤﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﻣﻘﻠﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! )‪ (٧٧٢ - ٧٧٠ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ " ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺰﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥١‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻷﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻓﻲ )ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻓﻘﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﺪﻭﻝ ﺛﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﺍ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻐﺮﺑﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٢‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻻﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺮﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﻰ( )‪ (٣٨٤‬ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪ .٢٣ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮﻛﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﺍ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪.٣٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ ١٨٧٣ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٤٠٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﻴﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺧﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻭﻋﻆ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﺄﺟﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﻰ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﺔ( ﻟﻴﺤﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ!! ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٥٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺛﻘﻠﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٦٦٣ / ٥‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٧٨٨‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻧﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺘﺮﺗﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻔﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ " )‪.(٣٨٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺂﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﺏ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺮﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٥‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻨﺘﻲ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺬﻭﺏ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﺎﻋﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺹ )‪ (٢٨٩‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪/ ٧‬‬
‫‪(٧٨‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﺭﻗﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮﻛﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﺍ( ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺠﻠﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻓﺠﻠﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻓﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ ﻭﻃﻬﺮﻫﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﺮ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ٦٦٣ / ٥‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٧٨٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ ١٨٨٣ / ٤‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٢٤٢٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ )‪.(٣٨٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪:(٧٧ / ٧‬‬
‫]ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻨﻘﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " )‪.[(٣٨٧‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٦‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ " )‪ ٢٩٢ / ٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٩٨‬ﻭ ‪ (٣٠٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫)‪ ،(٥٤ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﺹ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ ،(١٤٧ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٤٨ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﺛﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (٤٣٣ / ١٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ "‬
‫)‪ (٦٦ / ٢٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٤٧ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ " )‪ (١٥٢ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٧‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (٦٢٨ / ٦‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪،(٢٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ )‪] :(١٠٥ / ٧‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪ " ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ "[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٧٨ / ٧‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﺭﻗﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ " ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " )‪.(٣٨٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (١٥٠ / ٣‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٤٣٥ / ١٥‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺳﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻐﻀﻮﻥ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﺬﺭﻳﺘﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻓﻮﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﻨﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻻ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺁﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﻲ " ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﻲ " ﻭﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ )‪ (٣٨٩‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٨‬ﻣﻤﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٣٩١ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٦٥٦ / ٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ )‪.(٤١٥ - ٤١٤ / ٣‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٨٩‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻴﻪ!! " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٣٥٩ / ٤‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ ١٤٠٦‬ﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٦‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺴﺎﺅﻩ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ )‪ ،(٣٩٠‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮﻛﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﺍ( ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ )ﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﻘﻴﺘﻦ‪ (...‬ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ )ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ )‪ ،(٣٩١‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ "‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺬﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺎﺕ!!‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺮﻑ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!!‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٠‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!! ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!! ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻣﻬﻦ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻔﻬﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪ (٥٣١ / ٤‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺒﺮﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ!! ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻬﻦ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ؟!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﻩ " ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ " ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ!! ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ؟!‬
‫)‪ (٣٩١‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻤﺤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻯ!! ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ!!‬
(٦٥٧)
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ!!‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻋﺘﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ!!‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﺭﺩ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺁﻝ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ!! ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻝ!! ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!! ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ!! ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (٤٩١ / ٣‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻦ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﺹ )‪ (٤٩٤‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (١٨٧٤ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺎﺅﻩ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺼﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٨‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮﻛﻢ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮﺍ( ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺑﺎﺋﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ!! ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﺔ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺗﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺫﻳﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻻﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﻘﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﺪﻉ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﻭﻧﺴﺎﺀﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺎﺀﻛﻢ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .٦١ :‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻷﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﻷﻗﺮﺏ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﺤﻘﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺫﺭﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺘﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ " ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ‪.٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﺬﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺘﺮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻲ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﺮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺮﺟﻦ ﺗﺒﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻻ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٥٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٧٨ / ٧‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺨﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺳﺎﺭﻧﻲ ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺒﻜﻴﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺳﺎﺭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻓﻀﺤﻜﺖ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ (٧٨ / ٧‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﺏ " ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺻﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺜﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺃﻡ ﻛﻠﺜﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺠﻌﻔﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﻭﻟﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻤﺰﺓ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺜﻢ ﻭﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﻭﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﻤﺎﻡ‪ ....‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ ﺃﻡ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺐ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻟﻬﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻟﻬﺐ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺿﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ )‪ (٣٩٢‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻓﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ‪ ....،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﻯ ﻭﻋﺎﺗﻜﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺧﻼﺻﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﺒﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٨٧٣ / ٤‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٢‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﺴﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻝ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!!!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﻛﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﻮﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ!! ﺣﺘﻰ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻩ " ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﺒﻐﻮﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ "‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻐﺮﺱ ﺣﺐ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻨﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻥ " )‪:(١٩١ / ١‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ! ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺔ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺁﻣﻦ! ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻬﺖ ﻓﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺺ ﺑﻴﺺ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ( ﻓﺬﻛﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﻬﻖ ﻭﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻄﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺳﺠﻴﺔ * ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﺘﻢ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻡ ﺃﺑﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻠﻠﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ * ﻏﺪﻭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻯ ﻓﻨﻌﻔﻮﺍ ﻭﻧﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫)‪(٦٦١‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻜﻤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ * ﻭﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﻀﺢ )‪" (٣٩٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺑﺪﻉ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺒﺬ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺟﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻜﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺪﻳﻪ * ﺗﺒﻠﺠﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﺳﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﻙ ﻭﺯﺧﺮﻓﻮﺍ * ﻷﺷﻴﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺯﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻫﻢ * ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺌﺲ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺌﻦ ﻇﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ * ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺀ ﻳﺤﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺫﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻙ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ * ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺣﺒﻮﻛﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﻃﻠﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻟﺖ * ﺣﻔﻴﻈﺔ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻘﻮﻗﺎ ﻣﻜﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻢ ﻛﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺑﻼﺀ ﺇﺫ * ﺑﺘﺮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺛﻴﻖ ﻃﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﺮ ﻣﺠﻨﺪﻻ * ﻓﻴﺎ ﻷﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻓﺄﻭﺩﻯ ﻓﺎﻋﺬﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺬﺑﺪﻉ ﺇﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ * ﺑﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﺒﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻱ * ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ * ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺑﺬﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻈﻴﺔ * ﻗﺼﺎﺭﺍﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﺧﻤﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻴﺴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺺ ﺑﻴﺺ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ ﻭﻟﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺺ ﺑﻴﺺ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺰﻋﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺺ ﺑﻴﺺ؟ ﻓﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﻏﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻴﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ!! ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ "‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ " )‪ (٦١ / ٢١‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ " )‪ (٩١ / ٧‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٢‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ * ﺃﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺭ ﻣﻀﻤﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺣﺎﺭﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺓ * ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﺎﺛﻮﺍ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻫﻢ * ﻟﻌﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻴﺞ ﻭﻛﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﻁ ﻧﻘﻤﺔ * ﻭﺟﺮﻋﻬﻢ ﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﺃ‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻋﺼﺎﺑﺔ * ﻧﻤﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻲ ﻋﺪﻭﻛﻢ * ﻭﻧﺠﺘﺚ ﻋﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺻﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ * ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺯ ﻭﻧﻈﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺸﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ * ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻨﻌﺬﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻃﺒﺘﻢ ﻭﻃﺎﺏ ﺛﻨﺎﺅﻛﻢ * ﺭﺛﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺪﺣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﻨﺎﻧﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ * ﺃﺿﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻓﻀﺖ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ )‪ (٣٩٤‬ﻟﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻡ * ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺖ ﺍﻻﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ * ﺷﻴﺌﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ * ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ * ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺃﻧﻘﺎﺩ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻋﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ * ﻟﻠﻬﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺮﺍﺭﺍ )‪(٣٩٥‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺮﻣﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺳﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻟﻊ ﺃﺧﺎﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﻭﺳﻔﻬﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﺑﺈﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﻷﻋﺪﺍﺋﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٥‬ﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻲ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻄﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ )‪(٣٩٦‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ * ﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٣٩٧‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﺴﻜﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻧﻲ * ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٣٩٨‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺍ * ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍ ﻭﻧﺠﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ * ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﺪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻀﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٣٩٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﺖ ﺃﺧﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٤٠٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﺫ ﺑﻨﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺷﻤﺲ * ﺧﺒﻂ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﺨﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﺳﻜﺎﺭﻯ )‪(٤٠١‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٦‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻔﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭﻳﻔﺴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٧‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ " ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺑﻬﺎ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ " ‪ ،٤٩ / ١١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ " ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺹ )‪ (١٠٤‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫)‪ (٨‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،" ...‬ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ "‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ "‬
‫)‪ (٣٣٤ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ[‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٨‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣٩٩‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٩٧‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻂ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ٩٤‬ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٠‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١١٤‬ﻭﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺘﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.١٢٢‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠١‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﻪ ﺣﺼﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺬﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺒﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺎﺛﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻘﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٤‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺪﻟﻮ ﻃﻐﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻰ * ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﺍ )‪(٤٠٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﻤﺘﻌﻮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺣﻘﺖ * ﻧﻘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٤٠٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٢‬ﻛﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﻘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﻠﻜﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺳﺘﻴﻼﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺣﺘﺠﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻛﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻐﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻗﺘﻼ ﻭﺗﻄﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ " ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻜﻢ ﻭﺗﺠﺘﻠﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﺳﻴﺎﻓﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﺮﺙ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻛﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺭﻛﻢ "‬
‫]ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٨٩ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (١٣٤٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٤٩٦ / ٤‬ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ[‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻬﺎ " ]ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪ (١٥٧ / ١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ[‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٣‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺆﻧﺒﻨﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﺨﻄﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻩ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻨﺰﻟﺖ‬
‫)ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ( ﻭﻧﺰﻟﺖ )ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ( ﺗﻤﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺁﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻵﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻻﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻻ ﺁﻓﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺇﻧﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﻳﻨﺰﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺩﺓ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺅﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﺿﺎﺣﻜﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٥‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ * ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺣﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﺎ ﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﺯﻭﺭﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﺃﺷﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺖ * ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﺭﺍ )‪(٤٠٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺮ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻚ ﺇﻳﺎﻱ * ﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺃﻡ ﺧﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻏﺘﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻔﻞ ﻧﻘﻔﻮ * ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ * ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﺍ ﻧﻄﻒ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﻭﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻣﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺃﺣﺮﻯ * ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﻓﺾ * ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺋﺘﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﺧﻄﺆﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﺔ ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺐ * ﺧﺎﺳﺌﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺗﺠﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ * ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﺳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﺛﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ * ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻭﻳﻮﺩﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﺮﻳﻖ * ﻭﻟﺪﻯ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺽ * ﻃﻮﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺣﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺣﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﻴﻌﻴﻦ * ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺯﺍﻏﺖ ﻟﻬﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٤‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﻩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺟﺪﻱ * ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ * ﺟﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ * ﺟﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺍ ﻭﺩﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ * ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺿﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ * ﺻﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻣﺪﺭﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﺪ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻦ * ﻧﺎﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ * ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﻮﻣﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻲ * ﻓﻨﻐﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﻧﺠﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺳﺨﻴﻒ * ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻫﻨﺪ * ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﺜﻠﻜﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻋﺮﻯ * ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻐﻀﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻍ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﻏﻲ * ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻀﻰ ﻭﺳﻤﻢ ﺳﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺑﺌﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺻﺒﺮﺍ ﻛﺤﺠﺮ * ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺊ ﻳﻠﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻳﻌﻴﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﺴﺎﺩﺍ * ﻭﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺽ ﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ * ﺛﻢ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﺏ * ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺷﻨﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﻋﻤﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ * ﻻﺭﻋﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ * ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺬﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺠﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ * ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﻫﺎ * ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻘﻠﺪ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺭﺑﺤﺎ * ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ * ﻣﺴﻜﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻧﻀﺎﺭﺍ‬

‫)‪(٦٦٧‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺤﻖ * ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ * ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺻﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻨﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺄﺳﺎﺀ * ﻭﺍﺭﺣﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﻃﻪ * ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﺨﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ * ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺮﺩ * ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺰﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٦٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺴﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺠﻴﻠﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ...‬ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺤﺜﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻔﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺫﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ‬

‫)‪(٦٦٩‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻷﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻏﺮﺍﺿﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻡ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺎﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺒﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻔﻀﺎﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ!! ﻭﺃﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺠﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻳﻄﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺈﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻷﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﺑﻬﻢ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٧٠‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‬

‫)‪(٦٧١‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺠﺤﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺑﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻘﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫]ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ[‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻨﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺬﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮ ﻭﻧﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻳﻈﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰﺍﺕ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﺫﺍ ﻧﺸﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺣﺒﻄﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٢١٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ،٧٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﺤﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺤﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﺫﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٥٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺳﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﻮﻥ * ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﻫﺒﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ(‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٩١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٨ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٢٢٩٠ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٨ / ١١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺃﻓﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ( ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ( ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻳﺒﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻘﺮﺭ ﺇﺫ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﻴﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻛﻔﺮﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ]ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ١٢٧٢‬ﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﻣﻮﺕ[ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ "‪:‬‬
‫" ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﻠﻒ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺻﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﺒﻄﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻌﻪ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ )‪:(٦٤ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﺤﺶ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻈﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪ ....‬ﻭﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺟﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻒ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻡ ﺣﻼﻻ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻛﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﺼﻼﺓ ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻡ ﺷﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺤﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺩﻓﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻩ "‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٢٦٧ / ١٢‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻓﺎﺗﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٢٧٢ / ١٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪" :‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﻘﻬﺎ " ﻭﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺴﻦ[‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٧‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺜﻮﺭﺍ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.٢٣ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﺤﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﺴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻔﻮﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺎ( ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ٧٠ :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﺫﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ[‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪:٤٨ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻏﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺗﺒﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ﺃﻟﻴﻤﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.١٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺟﺎﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﺑﺒﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻐﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ * ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺼﻴﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ( ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪.٩١ :‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻔﺴﺦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﻔﺴﺦ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫)‪(٦٧٨‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﺑﻤﻬﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻀﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺴﺎﺥ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻲ ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻱ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ )‪(٤٢٨ / ٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺑﺮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ‪:‬‬
‫" )ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ )ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻼﻕ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ " )‪:(١٩٠ / ٣‬‬
‫])ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﻥ( ﻣﻌﺎ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺮﻡ )ﺗﻨﺠﺰﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ( ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ )ﻭﻗﻔﺖ( ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ )ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ( ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ )ﻭﺇﻻ( ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻬﻤﺎ )ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ( ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻴﻦ )ﻣﻦ( ﺣﻴﻦ )ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ( ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻛﺈﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﺄ ﻓﻲ( ﻣﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ( ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻮﻧﺔ )ﻭ(‬

‫)‪(٦٧٩‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻃﺊ )ﻻ ﺣﺪ( ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻭﺗﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ[‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺯﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺙ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﺊ )ﺃﻱ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺴﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺟﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺸﺮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﻘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻮﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ " )‪ (١١٩ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻤﻮﻩ؟ " ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻤﻮﻩ " ﺃﻱ ﻫﻞ ﻛﺮﻫﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟! ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﺮﻫﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻇﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪ (١٥٤ / ٢‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨١‬‬
‫" ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ )ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ( ﻭﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻣﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻻ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻃﻮﻻ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﻬﻪ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻮﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺷﺎﺀﻩ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻑ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ‬

‫)‪(٦٨٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺻﺮ ﻭﻋﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺎ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺎﻧﻜﺤﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺎﺏ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﻔﺘﻢ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻓﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،٣ :‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺳﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ )ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻟﻮﺍ( ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﺠﻬﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﻈﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻧﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺌﺬ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻓﺎﻧﻜﺤﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺎﺏ ﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻉ( ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻟﺤﺮﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻻﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﻛﺮﻭﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﺳﻨﻨﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺰﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ :-‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻞ " ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﺌﺲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫" ﺑﺌﺲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻞ " ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻛﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻐﻲ ﻭﻫﻮﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ‪ (١٣٥ / ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﺗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﺪﻉ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎ " )‪ ٤ " :(٦٠٦ / ٢‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻛﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ " ...‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻄﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺿﻼﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺿﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺳﻮﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ )‪ " :(٣٥٢ / ٥‬ﻓﻮﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺳﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﺓ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ ﻭﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻧﺎﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﻟﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮﻩ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪ ٣٢ :‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻭﻧﻠﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﺃﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﻥ * ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻜﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٦٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ[‪ :‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (٧٤٨ / ٨‬ﻣﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺶ‬

‫)‪(٦٨٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ!! ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﺤﻴﺢ؟!!‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ )‪:(٧٤٢ / ٨‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ( ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻷﻧﻨﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻔﻈﻪ " ﻗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻷﺑﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﻳﺤﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ " ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ " ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺒﻬﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ " ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺤﻔﻪ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺵ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ " ﺇﻥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺑﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻌﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﻔﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ "‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ " ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٧‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺑﺤﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺬﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻭﻧﻌﻠﻤﻪ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ " ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻏﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ "‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٤٥ / ١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٤٩ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﺴﻠﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؟! ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ "‬
‫)‪:(٣٩٦ / ٣‬‬
‫" ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﺎﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (٢٢٣ / ١‬ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ .(٧٤٣ / ٨‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺬﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬

‫)‪(٦٨٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﺔ؟! ﺛﻢ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؟! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺮﺍﺀ!!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻌﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻭﺳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ[‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺯﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻔﻴﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﺮﻕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺰﻕ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﻳﻠﺖ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٨٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﺎ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺠﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺟﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ!! ﻓﻐﺴﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻬﺮﺗﻬﺎ!! ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻧﺎ )‪.(٤٠٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻘﻪ ﺻﻠﻴﺒﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻴﻌﻪ ﺻﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻔﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﻛﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﻰ ﺭﺍﻛﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﺪ ﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻲ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻣﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﺍ( ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،١٠٠ :‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ )ﻭﺇﺫ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﺳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻵﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺃﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٣٤ :‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺠﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺜﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻧﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٥‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻳﺪﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺭﻗﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ!! ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺴﺐ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٩٠‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺣﻆ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ )ﻻ ﺗﺴﺠﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ( ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪.٣٧‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺃﻭﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺳﺠﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ؟! "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﻷﺳﺎﻗﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺩﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺁﻣﺮﺍ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻷﻣﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺄﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪(٣٨١ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٥٩٥ / ١‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ (٤٧٠ / ٩‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻷﻣﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻪ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻧﺠﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ )ﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٧٤ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﻋﺘﻴﺪ( ﻕ‪ ١٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻜﻢ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻓﻮﺍﻫﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺤﺴﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.١٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٠٨ / ١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪/ ٤‬‬
‫‪.(٢٢٩٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﻀﺤﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٢ / ٢‬ﻭ )‪ (٣٨ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‬
‫)‪ (٢٤ / ١٣‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﺍﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺛﻜﻠﺘﻚ ﺃﻣﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ! ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺼﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ؟! " )‪.(٤٠٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٢٣١ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٢٦١٦ / ١٢ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (١٣١٥ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٢٤٣ / ١٠‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ "‬
‫ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ " )‪ (١٠١ / ٢‬ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (٤٩٦ / ٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺸﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻔﻼ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﻦ )‪ ،(١٤٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ " )‪ (٥٣٤ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪ ،(٣٠٠ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻏﺘﺮ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ!! ﻓﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ " )‪ (٦٠ / ٢‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ (٦٠٧ / ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪.(٣٠٨ / ١١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪ " :(٣٠٩ / ١١‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ )ﻟﺤﻴﻴﻪ( ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﺼﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ "‬
‫)‪ (٤٥٣ / ٣‬ﻓﺄﺧﻄﺄ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﻤﺄﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ(‪!!!" ...‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍ!! ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻤﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ!! ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺧﻄﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺃﻗﻤﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " )‪ (٤٠٧‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٧‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻳﺼﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻪ!!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ " ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﺹ )‪١٧‬‬
‫‪ ،(٢٢ -‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺩ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻲ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻘﺪﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ!!‬

‫)‪(٦٩٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪.١٠٦ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻫﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻫﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪،٧٤ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻳﺤﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻪ(‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪(١٨١ / ١٤ / ٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )‪ (١٨٠ / ١٠‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻙ؟ " ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺷﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ!! ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺁﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ؟‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺪ " )‪.(٤٠٨‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ " ...‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ " ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ " ....‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ )‪ (١٨٢ / ١٤ / ٨‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ )‪ (٣٥٧ / ٢‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻃﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ )‪ (٢٠٨ / ٨‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٥‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪ " :‬ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺧﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻚ * ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ * ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺪﺩﻭﺍ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻣﻔﺖ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﺍ * ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺫﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﻫﺐ * ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ "‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻑ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ " )‪ " :(٦٥ / ١٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ‪ -‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ؟! ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻜﺖ ﺳﺄﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺳﺄﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺑﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻋﺠﺒﻚ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺄﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺇﺫ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺑﻲ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪ " :‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻠﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﺩﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺼﺮﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ‬

‫)‪(٦٩٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻘﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻻ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﺳﻼﻡ " ﺍ ﻩ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻭﺑﻼ ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪) :‬ﺟﻨﻨﺖ ﺭﺑﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﺟﻨﻨﺖ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ )ﺧﻮﺕ ﺭﺑﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﺯﻳﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﺇﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ( ﺃﻭ )ﺣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻲ( ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺑﻄﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺳﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻉ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﻭﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺸﺄﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺠﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ!! ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺣﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ!! ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻋﻬﻢ!! ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻐﻴﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ " )‪ (٤٠٩‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻧﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻮﺿﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻬﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺑﺴﻂ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﻋﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﻩ )ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻓﻜﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٠٩‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ " ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ " ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﺎ " ﻗﻠﺖ " ﻭﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ " ﻓﺤﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ " ﻗﻠﺖ " ﻭﺑﻴﻦ " ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ " ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٨‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻭﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻗﻞ ﺃﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﻥ * ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻔﺮﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻜﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ٦٥ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺃ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ١٤٠ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺨﻮﺿﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺴﻴﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٦٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺨﺮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻷﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺃ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬
‫)ﻏﺪﺍ ﻧﺘﺪﻓﺄ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﻟﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺬﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ )‪.(٤١٠‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٠‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ )‪ (٦٦ / ١٠‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ "‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻫﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻃﻤﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻓﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٦٩٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﺆﺍﺧﺬﻙ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺬﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻇﻠﻤﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ؟!‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ!! ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ!!‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻇﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻓﻮﺭﺑﻚ ﻟﻨﺤﺸﺮﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﺤﻀﺮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺟﺜﻴﺎ * ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﻨﺰﻋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻋﺘﻴﺎ * ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﻴﺎ( ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﺤﻖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ )ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﻀﻴﺎ( ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،١٧ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﺪﺧﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺬﻭﻗﻮﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ * ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺐ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻭﻥ * ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ *‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺯﻓﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.١٠٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﻜﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻙ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﺆﻣﻪ ﻭﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺫﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺬﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻓﻪ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﻗﺪﺣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺄﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ )ﺗﻨﻜﻴﺘﺎ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺎﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻭﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ )‪.(٤١١‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺻﺐ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺬ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺗﺸﺎﺀﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١١‬ﻭﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ " ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ " ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺴﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠١‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﺪﻭﻙ ﻭﻋﺪﻭ ﺟﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﺠﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻐﻀﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ ﺿﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ " ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻩ ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﻩ " ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ "‬
‫)‪ " :(٣٣٥ / ٨‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٨٦ / ١‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺒﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺩﻛﻴﻦ )ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﺥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺧﻴﺜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ (٢١٩‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺣﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﻌﺔ ﺛﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﻴﻊ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻀﺤﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺍﻕ )‪ ،(٤١٢‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺧﺸﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﺤﻜﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺅﻭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٢‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺍﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻒ ﻟﻴﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻃﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺗﻮﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺗﻮﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻲ ﺑﻤﺼﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؟! ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ؟! ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻟﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﻀﺮﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺁﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﻤﺴﻠﻢ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺏ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻓﺄﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ )‪ :(٤١٣‬ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ‪] :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ؟ " ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻨﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻤﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ )‪ ،.(٤١٤‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎ " )‪.(٦٠٣ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ " )‪:(٧٥ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ " ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻔﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺮﺡ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٣‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥١٧ / ٧‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٩٦ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ ﺷﻔﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺿﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺘﻠﺖ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺟﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺘﻢ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻌﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻧﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﺢ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ‪ ،-‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻌﻼ ﺃﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﺣﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﻧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻣﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺬﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻀﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ "‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ[‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ؟!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺠﻴﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻑ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪:(١٥٠ / ١‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﺄ ﺑﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻤﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ " ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ " ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ " )ﺹ ‪(٩٨٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥١٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٧٩ / ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٤٦٤ / ١٠‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺫﺭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺤﻔﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ‪ -‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺻﺢ ‪:-‬‬
‫" ﻛﻔﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺺ "‪] .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٣٢ / ١٠‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﻳﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻜﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‪ :‬ﻳﺨﻄﺊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻔﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻓﻘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ!! ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٧٤ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٠٧‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ[‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺑﺈﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﻄﺆﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺈﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﺼﺤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻻ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺃﻳﻤﺎ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺋﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥١٤ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٧٩ / ١‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٦٦ / ١٠‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﻖ ﻟﺰﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ‪ ....،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻴﺼﺘﻪ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺟﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮﻩ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫)‪(٧٠٨‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺇﺛﻤﻪ‪ ....‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻧﺼﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺢ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺷﻬﺮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺤﺾ ﺃﺫﺍﻩ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻹﻏﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻭﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻧﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺹ )‪ (٥١٧‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ :‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ[‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺎﻧﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻰ ﻭﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﺘﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺐ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺗﻲ ﺗﺨﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺯﻫﻦ ﻓﻌﻈﻮﻫﻦ ﻭﺍﻫﺠﺮﻭﻫﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺟﻊ ﻭﺍﺿﺮﺑﻮﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬

‫)‪(٧٠٩‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﻌﻨﻜﻢ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺒﻐﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ * ﻭﺇﻥ ﺧﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻘﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺑﻌﺜﻮﺍ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺧﺒﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.٣٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻢ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ " )‪.(٤١٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ )ﺹ ‪ " :(٥٢٨‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪﺍ ﻋﺴﻮﻓﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (٢٤٦ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ )‪ (٣٧٢ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٦٣٩ / ١‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ )‪ (١٤٠ / ٧‬ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺸﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٠‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ]ﻧﺼﺪﻕ[ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ[‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﺗﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪(٢٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﺳﻴﺮﺗﻄﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻧﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺚ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﻨﻔﺦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺪﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﻳﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ[‪ :‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﻨﺄﻯ ﻭﻣﻌﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ!! ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻭﺍ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ‬

‫)‪(٧١١‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻛﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﺠﺌﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻬﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ!! ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ!! ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﻼ ﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺸﻤﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﺘﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﻴﺌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺬﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﺿﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺋﺮ!! ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻔﺤﻤﺔ!!‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ!! ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ( ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺍﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺸﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻓﺴﻖ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺑﻐﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺤﺮﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٢٩ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﺆﺛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻭﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﺸﻴﺮﺗﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺨﺸﻮﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺮﺿﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺘﺮﺑﺼﻮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.٢٤ :‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٢‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ[‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ )‪ (٤١٦‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺬﺏ " )‪.(٢٥٣ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ " ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ " ﺹ )‪:(٢٠٧‬‬
‫" ﺛﻢ ﻣﺘﺒﻌﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻳﺠﻤﻌﻮﻩ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻣﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﻭﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻨﺐ ﻭﺇﺻﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻓﺄﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ(‪ :‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻔﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ - .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ(‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺘﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ )ﺗﻮﻓﻲ ‪ ٤٢٩‬ﻩ( ﻓﻲ " ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ " ﺹ )‪:(٣٣٧‬‬
‫" ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻔﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﺎﺱ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ "‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٦‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﺪﻟﻴﻞ!!‬

‫)‪(٧١٣‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ[‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻛﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ " ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺎﺕ "‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ " ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ " ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺣﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﺭﺽ ﻓﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﻠﺘﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻓﺄﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﺗﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻓﺎﺿﻄﺠﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻳﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺣﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺨﻄﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ "‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪٢١٠٤ / ٤‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪.(٢٧٤٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺍﻥ "‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﺼﻼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻤﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻏﻔﻮﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺎ( ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.٧٥ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻴﺨﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻓﻴﺘﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﺎﻇﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻮﻱ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻓﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ "‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ )ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ " )‪ (٤١٧‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ[‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﻴﺤﺒﻄﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻮﻧﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺳﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪ ﻭﻛﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.٦٦ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﻮﺍ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٣ / ٤‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٦‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.٨٨ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١١٢ / ١٢‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٩٠ / ١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ " ﺹ )‪ (٤٨٦‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٩١ / ١٣‬‬
‫" ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٤٠٣ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﺩﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻚ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻙ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ " )‪.(٤١٨‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ "‬
‫)‪:(١٧٢ / ٤‬‬
‫])ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻬﺘﻚ ﺣﺠﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﻼﺵ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٨‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٤٩٣٤‬ﻣﻌﺰﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧١٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ(‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ )ﻓﻼ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺪﺍﺩﺍ( ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﺃﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺇﻟﻬﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ )ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻚ( ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ )ﺗﻮﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻀﺮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫])ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ( ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ )ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ( ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻮﺍﺋﻠﻪ ﺳﻤﺎﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻏﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺘﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻤﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪ ﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻄﻤﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﺎﻧﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻤﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺠﺰﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻓﻄﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺴﺎﺭﻋﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(٧١٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻊ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺣﺖ ﺑﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﻃﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻭﺗﺼﺎﻏﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﻘﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻔﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻧﺖ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻇﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻟﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﺳﺄﺩﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭﻩ( ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺷﺌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ )ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻙ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﺫﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻋﺎﺫﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺄ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺼﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺷﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺷﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﺮﻕ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬
‫])ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺩﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﻐﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺒﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬

‫)‪(٧١٩‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻠﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﺑﺎ ﻋﺰﺑﺎ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ]ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺤﺒﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ[‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﺰﻭﺭﻭﻫﺎ " )‪.(٤١٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ )ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ٨٤ ،‬ﻓﺄﻓﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤١٩‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ ﺹ )‪ (٤٨٥‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٧٢ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (٣١١ / ٨‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﻊ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺣﻘﻮﻥ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (٦٧١ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﻨﺔ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ )‪ " (٤٢٠‬ﻟﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ " ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺎﺫ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺩﻭﺩﺓ " ﺹ )‪ (١٠٥‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻠﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﻢ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﺝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؟!‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ )ﻓﻔﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻛﺬﺑﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪.٨٧ :‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺳﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺟﺮ )‪.(١٤٨ / ١‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺩﻓﻨﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ! ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٠‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٥٥ / ٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪.(٣٦٦ / ١‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢١‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺠﻨﺒﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﺈﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻊ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ ٢٥٥ / ٣‬ﻭ ‪(٢٥٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻧﻜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻟﻨﺘﺨﺬﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﺍ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻼﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﺪﺭ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺧﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻨﺖ ﺑﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ "‪] .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ‪.[٣٥٩ / ٥‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﺯﺍﺫﺍﻥ )‪ (٤٤١ / ٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ " :‬ﻭﻗﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺰﺍﺭ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ )‪ " :(١٠٧ / ١٠‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ )‪) :(٣٦٨ / ٩‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺿﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺭﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻼ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ!‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺧﻲ )‪:(٣٤٣ / ٩‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ "‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﺤﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ!!‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺠﺪﻛﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺪﺍﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺤﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ " ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻌﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ " ﺹ )( ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻓﺈﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺑﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺒﺬ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻮﻫﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ‬

‫)‪(٧٢٣‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﺴﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺄﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﻧﻔﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺒﺬ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻣﻊ " )‪:(١٧٤ / ٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﻕ‪ " :‬ﻛﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻔﺮ " ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺎﺭ " ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮﺽ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﺞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ!! ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻭﺭﺍ!!‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺘﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ " ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻱ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٧ / ١٢‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺯﺭﻭﻕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ * ﺗﻜﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺰﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻻ * ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ * ﻓﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ * ﺗﻄﺆﻩ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺨﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻻ * ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻼﻻ‬

‫)‪(٧٢٤‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﻔﺮﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ * ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ * ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ * ﺃﻓﺴﺪﻫﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ * ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﺗﺎ * ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﺎﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻄﻤﺴﺖ ﺃﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ * ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺵ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺸﻪ * ﻓﺼﻴﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ * ﻭﺳﺎﻟﻜﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻫﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺎﺭﺑﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻒ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ " ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺒﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﻝ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻣﻴﻢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻓﻌﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺟﻬﻼ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺩﺍ "‪.‬‬
‫]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ " ﺳﻴﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻼﺀ " )‪ (٢٩٨ / ١٧‬ﻭ " ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﺒﻬﺎﻥ " )‪ (٢٤ / ٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﻷﻥ‬

‫)‪(٧٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ!! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻐﺮﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﻣﻐﺮﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻗﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺳﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻴﺔ!! ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﻧﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺼﻴﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻔﺴﻄﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺐ ﺭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻮﻏﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺸﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺸﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺎﺳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺫﻝ ﻫﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢٦‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻲ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺷﻔﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺻﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻓﺸﻔﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺷﻔﻊ ﻧﺒﻴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﺎﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ ٥٦٩ / ٥‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ (٣٥٧٨‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(٤٢١‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺤﺢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪) ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ‪- ٣٠٦ / ١‬‬
‫‪ .[٣٠٧‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ " )‪ (٤٧٦ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪(٢٧٩ / ٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻴﻄﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢١‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ )‪ (١٦٩ / ٦‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (٤٤١ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪٣١٣ / ١‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ٥١٩‬ﻭ ‪ ،(٥٢٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ )‪ (١٧ / ٩‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﺎﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ " ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺧﻴﺜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ " ﺇﺭﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﻲ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ " ﺹ )‪.(١٧‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ]ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺹ ‪.[٢٨٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ " )‪:(١٣٥ / ٢‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺪﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ " ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻲ ﺃﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻚ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ "؟! ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ؟! ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ؟!‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ!!‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺳﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪/ ٢‬‬
‫‪ (٤٩٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﺴﻘﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻢ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﻘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻮﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ " ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ " )‪ (٤٥ / ١٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ " :‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻳﺠﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٢٨‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻀﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٥٠١ / ٢‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺮ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻄﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻠﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻴﺜﻨﺎ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻄﺮﻧﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﻨﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺰﻋﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﻠﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ‪..‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‬

‫)‪(٧٢٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻄﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ( ﺃﻭ )ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﺩﻋﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﻜﻢ( ﺑﻞ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﺟﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٣٣٨ / ٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﺩﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﺛﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻟﻴﻘﻀﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪." ...‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٤٩٥ / ٢‬‬
‫]ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺤﻂ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺴﻖ ﻷﻣﺘﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻫﻠﻜﻮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ‪ " :‬ﺍﺋﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻘﻮﻥ " )‪.[(٤٢٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺣﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻤﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﺄﻗﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ " ﺍﻹﻏﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ " ﻓﻠﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ )‪ (٢٧٤ / ٨‬ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٢‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺜﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻌﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﻨﺪﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫" ﺇﺭﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻉ " ﺹ )‪ (٩ - ٧‬ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٠‬‬
‫]ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﺇﺫ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﻭﻙ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﺭﺣﻴﻤﺎ( ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺌﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻌﺎ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻲ‪ [...‬ﺍ ﻩ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ!! ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺉ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﺹ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺌﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻜﻢ( ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪.٤٩ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻳﺒﺮﺉ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺮﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺭﺍﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺞ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣١‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻚ ﻧﺪﻳﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ " )‪ (٤٨٥ / ١‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ " ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ " ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﻪ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﺊ ﺿﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻛﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺑﻲ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫)‪ (٣١٧ / ٥‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ " )‪ (٤٠ / ٨‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻟﻬﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٢‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺫﺓ ﻭﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻰ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﺪﺧﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻏﺘﺴﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻨﻤﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺘﻌﻮﺫ " ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻰ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻻ ﺭﻗﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺪﻏﺔ " )‪.(٤٢٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ " ﺣﻤﺔ " ﻫﻲ " ﺣﻤﻰ " ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﺿﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻔﻰ ﺳﻘﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢٠٦ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٢٤ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ )‪.(٤١٢ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻧﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻧﻬﻴﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﺮﺿﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻔﻌﻪ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪.(١٧٢٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﻌﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪ (٤١٣ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ ،(٤١٣ / ٣‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (١٥٤ / ٢‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺎﺕ )‪.(٧٦ - ٧٢ / ٢‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٣‬‬
‫" ﺍﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﻗﺎﻛﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻙ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪.(١٧٢٧ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﻮﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺎﻛﻤﺎ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻴﺬﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻻﻣﺔ " ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪.(٤٠٨ / ٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺁﻓﺔ ﺗﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺧﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " )‪:(١٩٦ / ١٤‬‬
‫" ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻧﻬﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻨﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺚ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﺦ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (١٩٥ / ١٠‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ " :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻔﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺄﺛﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻟﻸﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ " ﺇﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﺎﻛﻢ‪ " ..‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻫﻢ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺿﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٥‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺩﻋﺔ[‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻙ " )‪.(٤٢٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ " )‪:(٣٤٢ / ٢‬‬
‫])ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺡ‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ( ﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻮﺫﺓ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﺔ( ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ ﻛﻌﻨﺒﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ )ﺷﺮﻙ( ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻮﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺨﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ[‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺗﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺃﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻖ ﻭﺩﻋﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻭﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ " ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٣٨١ / ١‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ (٩ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ )‪ (١١٦٧ / ٢‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪(٤٥٦ / ١٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫)‪ ٢١٧ / ٤‬ﻭ ‪ (٤١٨‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٦‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ )‪.(٤٢٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﺮﺯﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺃﺧﺬﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺟﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺗﺴﺒﻤﻰ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ * ﻭﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺇﺧﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ * ﺧﺮﺯﺓ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺣﺬﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺧﺮﺯﺓ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﺴﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺫﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺫ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (١٥٤ / ٤‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ )‪ (٢٩٦ / ٣‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ ((٤٥٠ / ١٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ )‪(٢١٦ / ٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‬
‫)‪ (٣٥٠ / ٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﺍﻧﻲ )‪ (٢٩٧ / ١٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ " )‪ (٣٢٥ / ٤‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻓﺮﻱ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺛﻘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﻭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﻋﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻭﻣﺸﺮﺡ ﻧﺎﺻﺒﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﻦ " )‪ " :(٢٨ / ٣‬ﻣﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﻋﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻛﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ..‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ " ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ " )‪ " :(٤٧٠ / ٧‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻨﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ " ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ " )‪ (١٨٥ / ٢‬ﻭﻣﻤﻦ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺑﻜﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺨﻌﻲ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺻﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺣﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻴﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٧‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " )‪ " :(٢٣٣ / ١٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺯﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺌﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ " ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ " ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪:(٢٣٢ / ١٠‬‬
‫]ﺑﺎﺏ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ؟ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺐ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺨﺮ( ﺃﻭ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺃﻳﺤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺸﺮ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﺮﻡ ﻓﻲ " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ "‪ ..‬ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺳﻌﻴﺪﺍ(‬
‫ﺑﻠﻔﻆ )ﻫﻞ(‪ " :‬ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺍﻭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ " ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ "‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺯﺭﻳﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﺤﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺎﺣﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺳﻴﻞ " ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ " ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ " ﻭﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ[‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٣٨‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺅﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺗﻄﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﺌﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺮﺟﻤﻨﻜﻢ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻤﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ )ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻃﻴﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻛﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺗﻔﺘﻨﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪.٤٧ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪) :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﻄﻴﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.١٣١ :‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺅﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺀﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺄﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺀﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ )ﺃﻻ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺀﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺗﻬﻤﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺸﺆﻭﻣﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻃﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻃﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٤٦ / ٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻻ ﻋﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻃﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺀﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ " )‪.(٤٢٦‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٦‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ )‪ (٢٥٧ / ١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ )‪ (٢٦٩٠‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ )‪ (١٤٠ / ١٣‬ﻭﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻟﻴﺚ!! ﻓﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ!! ﻟﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺘﻪ )‪ (٤٢١ / ٢‬ﻓﺄﺧﻄﺄ ﺟﺪﺍ!!‬

‫)‪(٧٣٩‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ " ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ " )‪ (٢٠٢ / ٥‬ﺷﺎﺭﺣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫" )ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺀﻝ( ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻤﺰ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺀﻡ ﺑﺸﺊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺸﺎﺀﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺀﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ )ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺧﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺮﻫﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻤﻲ " ﺍ ﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻴﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻃﻴﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ )‪ (٢٢٠ / ٢‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﻋﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻃﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ "‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (٢١٢ / ١٠‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ )‪ (١٧٤٤ / ٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﻟﺴﻲ )ﺹ ‪ (٢١٥‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ "‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ " ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ " )‪:(٦١ / ٦‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤٠‬‬
‫]ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﺩﺧﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻻ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ " ﻓﻐﻀﺒﺖ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻪ! ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ "[‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻃﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺆﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺗﻄﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﺌﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻮﺍ ﻟﻨﺮﺟﻤﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻤﺴﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻟﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﺇﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺮﻓﻮﻥ( ﻳﺲ‪ ،١٩ :‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻙ " )‪ (٤٢٧‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻛﺄﺑﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺌﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻶﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪--------------------‬‬
‫)‪ (٤٢٧‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ )‪ ،(١٧ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ )‪ ،(١٦١ / ٤‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ )‪ ،(٤٩١ / ١٣‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤١‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ[‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ! ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺹ ﻣﺬﻧﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺴﻖ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻔﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺰﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻼ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﺎﺹ ﺑﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻪ ﻛﻔﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ٤٤ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ٤٧ :‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ )ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.٤٥ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ " ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ " )‪:(١٩٠ / ٦‬‬
‫]ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ(‬
‫ﻭ " ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻮﻥ " ﻭ " ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻮﻥ " ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺿﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺭﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺤﺪﺍ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫)‪(٧٤٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺤﻼ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ[ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ!!‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻪ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻛﻔﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺿﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﺩﻩ!! ﻭﻻ ﺃﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ " ﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﻈﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻧﻪ!! ﻭﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ!!‬

‫)‪(٧٤٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺼﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺿﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻠﻘﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺴﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺭﺣﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻡ ﺑﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻻﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻫﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺼﺐ ﻷﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ‬

‫)‪(٧٤٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﺫﻭﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ‪[٢٥٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ )ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ( ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ٢٥٣‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪[:٣٩‬‬
‫]ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪] ،[٢٣٥‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ‪،[٢٥٩‬‬
‫]ﻭﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻌﺠﺰﻩ ‪] ،[٢٦٦‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪] ،[٢٣٥‬ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫‪] ،[٢٥٣‬ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﺪ ‪] ،[٢٥٥‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪] ،[٢٦٦‬ﻻ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ‪[٢٥٩‬‬
‫‪] ،‬ﺣﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻮﺕ ‪] ،[٢٨٢‬ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ‪] ،[٢٥٧‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫‪] ،[٢٦١‬ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺆﻧﺔ ‪] ،[٢٦٤‬ﻣﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻼ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ ‪] ،[٤٦٢‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺔ ‪ ٢٦٦‬ﻭ ‪] ،[٥٢٣‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪] ،[٢٥٣‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ ‪] ،[٢٥٨‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺯﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﻳﺎ ‪.[٢٥٥‬‬
‫]ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪] ،[٢٦١‬ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ‪ ٢٥٣‬ﻭ ‪] ،[٢٥٤‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﻢ ‪،[٢٦١‬‬
‫]ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ‪] ،[٢٦٦‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ‪،[٢٥٨‬‬

‫)‪(٧٤٩‬‬
‫]ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ‪] ،[٢٦٦‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺊ ‪)] .[٢٥٨‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ( ‪ ٢٥٩‬ﻭ ‪.[٢٨٢‬‬
‫]ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ‪] ،[٢٧٩‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺁﺟﺎﻻ‬
‫‪] ،[٢٦٤‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﻢ ‪] ،[٢٧٩‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺸﺄ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻌﺼﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺨﺬﻝ ﻭﻳﺒﺘﻠﻲ ﻋﺪﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫‪.[٢٦٦‬‬
‫]ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺿﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺪﺍﺩ ‪] ،[٢٥٩‬ﻻ ﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻘﺐ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻷﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪.[٢٦٦‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪،[٤١٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﻛﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻐﻲ ﻭﻫﻮﻯ ‪)] ،[٦٨٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻦ ‪ [٤٤٦‬ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎ ‪.[٤١٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺍ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻛﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺳﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺳﺄﺻﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٠‬‬
‫ﺳﻘﺮ( ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ( ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪.[٢٨٥‬‬
‫]ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺑﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪ ٣٠١‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.[٦٧٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫)ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ * ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺓ( ﻭﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ‪] ،[٥٨٢‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻫﻮﺍﺋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻪ ‪.[١٦٧‬‬
‫]ﻭﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﻳﺒﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﺳﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻜﺬﺑﺎ ‪.[١٢٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻮﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ‪] ،[٥٨٢‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ‪،[١٤٧‬‬

‫)‪(٧٥١‬‬
‫]ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺯﻝ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻪ ‪] ،[٣٥٢‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﺑﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪) ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎﺕ ‪.[٣٠٧ (٢٤٧‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﺝ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ )ﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ( ﻓﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪.[٥٩٥‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺎﺛﺎ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﻖ ‪،[٥٦٢‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺩﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪] ،[٥٧٠‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺣﻖ ‪] ،[٦٠٦‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺰﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻩ ‪] ،[٢٧٩‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻮﺍﺗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻘﻲ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺬﻻﻥ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻐﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺍ ﻭﻭﺳﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻃﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻻ ﻳﺴﺌﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ( ﻓﻤﻦ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻟﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪.[٢٦٦‬‬
‫]ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪] ،[٧٤٤‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ ‪.[٦٧٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪] ،[٤٢٨‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﻴﺠﻌﻠﻮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺠﻌﻠﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺨﻄﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﻘﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﺼﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﺎ ﺳﻘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻛﺘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﺎﻛﺎ ﺃﺛﻴﻤﺎ ‪.[٢٦٧‬‬
‫)ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺣﻖ‪] ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ‪ ،(٤٢٨‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪.[٣٠٧‬‬

‫)‪(٧٥٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪) ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ‪ ،(٤٤٤‬ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.[٣٩١‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﻴﻦ‪) ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﻮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ‪ ٦٧٣‬ﻭ ‪] ،[٧٠٦ (٦٩٨‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﻴﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺨﻠﻘﻪ ‪.[٢٨٥‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ‪] ،[١٨٣‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻠﻪ ‪] ،[٧٠٦‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫‪) ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﺄﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺨﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻨﻄﻬﻢ ‪] ،[٤٥٨ (٥٧٠‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻘﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪] ،[٦٧٣‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺠﺤﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.[٦٧٣‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ‪) ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪] ،[٣٩ (٩٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻃﻮﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪] ،[٦١٥‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﻣﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ‪] ،[٣٩‬ﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺪﻗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪.[٣٩١‬‬
‫]ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ )ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ( ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﻛﺄﻫﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻪ ‪] ،[٥٨٠‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺛﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻠﻘﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪.[٧٤٤‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪] ،[٦٣٥‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺬﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺋﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪] ،[٦٧٣‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﻻﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺰﻉ ﻳﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻯ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٥‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻓﺎﺓ ‪)] ،[٦٣٥‬ﻭﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ (١٢١‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﺘﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ‪] ،[١٨٣‬ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻐﺾ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪] ،[٦٤٤‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ‪] ،[١٦٧‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ‪.[٦٤٦‬‬
‫]ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺿﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻓﺎﺟﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻄﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻬﻤﺎ ‪] ،[٦٤٧‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪] ،[٣٧٧‬ﻭﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻫﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ ‪.[٤٥٨‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪) ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ‪) ،(٥٣٩‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪] ،(٥٣٦‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺘﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻴﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،[٥٢٣‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪] ،[٥٧٨‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،(٢٧٥‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻷﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻤﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻠﺐ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ‪] ،[٢٦٧‬ﺗﻘﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻭﺣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭﺷﻴﻦ‪) ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺌﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺌﻠﻮﻥ( ‪.[٣٠١‬‬
‫]ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ ‪] ،[٥٠٠‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ ‪] ،[٢٧٨‬ﻭﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ‪] ،[٢٥٨‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ ‪] ،[٦٧٣‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ‪.[٢٩٥‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺤﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺘﺒﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻧﺒﻐﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(٧٥٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻷﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺏ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ‪] ،[٦٥٠‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻧﺲ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﺲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺮﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ‪] ،[٦٥٣‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ‪.[٦٦٩‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻬﻢ ‪.[٦١٥‬‬
‫]ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ‪] ،[٥٠٥‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺼﺪﻕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﺍﻓﺎ ‪] ،[٤٥٢‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪] ،[٧١١‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ‬

‫)‪(٧٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺯﻳﻐﺎ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑﺎ ‪] ،[٦٢٣‬ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ )ﻭﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ( ‪] ،[١٠٠‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪] ،[٣٠١‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺎﺱ ‪.[٢٦٧‬‬
‫]ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺼﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺿﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪.[٧٤٤‬‬

‫)‪(٧٥٩‬‬

You might also like